JP2017205443A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game machine capable of strictly determining occurrence of abnormality.SOLUTION: In a Pachinko machine 10, a main control CPU 60a designates an update area from among a plurality of storage areas PA for storing the number of times of detection by a sensor SE242 for a normal pattern and updates the update area each time when the number of game balls detected by a ball introduction detection sensor SE26 increases by a predetermined number according to update order predetermined in the plurality of storage areas PA. The main control CPU 60a designates the last order storage area PA as the update area and then designates the top order storage area PA as the update area so as to circulate the update area. The main control CPU 60a determines whether an excessive ball entry error occurs on the basis of the total number of times of detection stored in at least two storage areas PA in which the update order is continuous within the plurality of storage areas PA. Further, when an excessive ball entry error occurs, the occurrence of the error is reported by notification means 17, 18 and 19.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 14

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine capable of detecting an abnormality.

  A pachinko machine as one of the representative examples of gaming machines has an operating handle on the front of the machine, and the player operates the operating handle to launch a pachinko ball toward the gaming area defined inside the machine. It is configured to be able to. In addition, the game area is provided with a winning opening through which a pachinko ball can win, and when the pachinko ball wins the winning slot, a predetermined number of winning balls are paid out or a gaming state advantageous to the player occurs. As a result, a bonus as a result of the game can be given to the player. For this reason, the player plays the game by operating the operation handle himself, and is relieved at the game result according to the behavior of the pachinko ball in the game area.

  By the way, the above-exemplified gaming machines such as pachinko machines are configured to be able to detect the occurrence of an abnormality that may have caused a malfunction such as an illegal act or a failure. That is, by detecting an abnormality in the gaming machine, for example, using a speaker, a lamp, a display device, or the like provided in the gaming machine, an error notification for notifying the clerk in the gaming store of the occurrence of the abnormality may be performed. This becomes possible (for example, Patent Document 1).

JP 2011-4997 A

  For example, in the pachinko machine of Patent Document 1, when the number of detections of the winning detection sensor within the determination target period is equal to or greater than a predetermined number, the frequency of pachinko balls winning in a predetermined winning opening is excessively high. It is determined that a state (abnormality) has occurred. However, it is difficult to set a new determination target period within the determination target period, and it is difficult to accurately grasp the occurrence of abnormality.

  In view of the above-described problems inherent in the prior art, the present invention has been proposed to suitably solve these problems, and provides a gaming machine capable of strictly determining the occurrence of an abnormality. Objective.

In order to overcome the above-mentioned problems and achieve the intended purpose, the invention according to claim 1 of the present application provides:
Game medium detection means (SE26, SE29) capable of detecting game media, state detection means (SE242, SE21) for detecting a predetermined state, and a predetermined number of times based on the number of detections by the state detection means (SE242, SE21) In a gaming machine equipped with an abnormality determination means (S609) for determining whether an abnormality has occurred,
A plurality of storage areas (PA3, PA4) capable of storing the number of detections by the state detection means (SE242, SE21);
An area designating unit (S608) for designating an update area from among the plurality of storage areas (PA3, PA4),
Triggered by detection by the state detection means (SE242, SE21), a detection frequency update means (S605) for updating the detection frequency stored in the update area specified by the area specification means (S608),
The area designating unit (S608) is configured to increase a predetermined number of game media detected by the game media detection unit (SE26, SE29) in accordance with a predetermined update order in the plurality of storage areas (PA3, PA4). And changing the update area to the last storage area (PA3, PA4) as the update area, and specifying the first storage area (PA3, PA4) as the update area. Is configured to circulate the update area in the storage area (PA3, PA4),
The abnormality determination means (S609) is based on the total number of detection times stored in two or more storage areas (PA3, PA4) in which the update order is continuous among the plurality of storage areas (PA3, PA4). Configured to determine whether the predetermined abnormality has occurred;
The gist is provided with notifying means (17, 18, 19) for notifying that the predetermined abnormality has occurred.
According to the first aspect of the invention, the player is updated part by part based on the number of game media detected by the game media detection means, as to whether or not a predetermined abnormality has occurred. It is possible to strictly determine the occurrence of an abnormality during the period in which the game is performed and to notify the occurrence of the abnormality based on the strict determination.

The invention according to claim 2
The gist is that the storage contents of the plurality of storage areas (PA3, PA4) are initialized when the abnormality determination means (S609) determines that the predetermined abnormality has occurred.
According to the invention according to claim 2, since the abnormality determination unit can prevent the predetermined abnormality from being continuously determined a plurality of times while the predetermined abnormality occurs once, The number of occurrences can be accurately grasped.

The invention according to claim 3
The gist is that the game machine is configured to shift to a determination target period in which the number of detection times can be updated by the detection number update means (S605) when the game machine is turned on.
According to the third aspect of the invention, the occurrence of the predetermined abnormality can be grasped regardless of the timing at which the predetermined abnormality occurs by shifting to the determination target period when the power is turned on.

The invention according to claim 4
The state detection means (SE242, SE21) is configured to detect a game ball that has entered the entrance (96a, 91a),
The gist of the invention is that it includes occurrence means (S309, S310) for generating a game state advantageous to the player triggered by detection by the state detection means (SE242, SE21).
According to the invention of claim 4, a state in which an act of forcibly causing an advantageous game state to occur illegally by forcing a game ball to enter the entrance is performed with a predetermined abnormality. It can be determined as a generated state.

The invention according to claim 5
Second abnormality determination means (S402) for determining whether an abnormality other than the predetermined abnormality has occurred;
Control processing execution means (S302 to S311) for executing predetermined control processing relating to the game;
Either when the abnormality determination means (S609) determines that the predetermined abnormality has occurred, or when the second abnormality determination means (S402) determines that the other abnormality has occurred, The gist of the invention is that it includes stop means (S205) for stopping execution of the predetermined control process by the control process execution means (S302 to S311).
According to the invention according to claim 5, when a predetermined abnormality or another abnormality occurs, the execution of the predetermined control processing relating to the game is stopped, so that it occurs on the game store side or the player side after the abnormality determination. You can definitely prevent the disadvantages you get.

The invention according to claim 6
A plurality of the notification means (17, 18, 19) are provided, and the notification by any of the notification means (18, 19) out of the plurality of notification means (17, 18, 19) is terminated when a predetermined time elapses. On the other hand, the gist is that the notification by the other notification means (17) is configured to continue even after a lapse of a predetermined time.
According to the invention of claim 6, it is possible to clearly notify that a predetermined abnormality has occurred before the predetermined time has elapsed, and to facilitate the notification mode in the gaming machine as the predetermined time elapses. Can be changed.

  According to the gaming machine according to the present invention, the occurrence of abnormality can be strictly determined.

It is a perspective view which shows the state which open | released the front frame with respect to the middle frame which concerns on Example 1. FIG. 1 is a front view showing a game board according to Embodiment 1. FIG. It is a circuit diagram which shows the electrical connection relationship of the pachinko machine based on Example 1. FIG. It is explanatory drawing which shows the connection place of the electrical component which concerns on Example 1, and the state of each electrical component according to the condition of the pachinko machine. 3 is a flowchart illustrating main processing of the main control CPU according to the first embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows an error information setting / game stop process. 6 is a flowchart illustrating timer interrupt processing of the main control CPU according to the first embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows an error determination process. FIG. 6 is an explanatory diagram illustrating an excessive ball entering error determination storage unit of the main control RAM according to the first embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the determination (1st determination process) regarding the excessive pitching error which concerns on Example 1 and Example 4. FIG. It is explanatory drawing which shows the kind of this error alerting | reporting, an execution opportunity, alerting | reporting means, and alerting | reporting content regarding the error alerting | reporting of the pachinko machine which concerns on Example 1. FIG. It is a front view which shows the game board which concerns on Example 2. FIG. FIG. 12 is an explanatory diagram illustrating an excessive ball entering error determination storage unit of a main control RAM according to a second embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the flow (the 2nd determination process) regarding the excessive pitching error which concerns on Example 2. FIG. FIG. 6 is a circuit diagram illustrating an electrical connection relationship between a main control board and other electrical components according to a second embodiment, a third embodiment, and a fourth embodiment. 12 is a flowchart illustrating a flow of determination (third determination process) regarding an excessive pitching error according to the third embodiment.

  Next, the gaming machine according to the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings by way of preferred embodiments. As a gaming machine, a general pachinko machine will be described as an example. Further, in the following description, “front”, “rear”, “left”, and “right” refer to the pachinko machine viewed from the front side (player side) unless otherwise specified.

(About pachinko machine 10)
As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment is formed in a rectangular frame shape that opens forward and backward, and is an outer frame as a fixed frame that is installed in a vertically installed posture on an installation frame base (not shown) of a game shop. 11, an inner frame (game machine main body) 12 for detachably holding the game board 20 is assembled to be openable and detachable. An operation handle 16 for operating a ball launching device (ball launching solenoid) 12A disposed on the middle frame 12 is provided at a lower right position of the middle frame 12. The operation handle 16 includes an operation lever 16a urged in the left rotation direction, and the ball launching device 12A is operated by the player turning the operation lever 16a so as to rotate it to the right. Pachinko balls are fired one by one toward the game area 20a defined on the front side of the game board 20 from the position. The operation handle 16 is in a state in which a player's contact is detected by a built-in touch sensor 16b (see FIG. 3), and the hitting force of the pachinko ball by the ball launcher 12A depends on the amount of rotation of the operation lever 16a. The pachinko ball that is launched into the ball launching device 12A is placed at an appropriate position in the game area 20a by adjusting the amount of rotation by rotating the operation lever 16a of the operation handle 16 clockwise. It has come to be guided. Then, when the hit pachinko ball wins a winning winning opening 31a, 32a (to be described later) of the game area 20a, a special figure hit determination (hit determination) is executed in response to the win (establishment of the hit determination condition). As a result of the hit determination being a win determination, a big hit game advantageous to the player (game per special figure) is generated. Note that the game board 20 provided in the middle frame 12 is detachably provided with a symbol display device (display means) 17 as an effect means capable of executing an effect (display effect). In the display unit 17a of the symbol display device 17, the symbol variation effect is displayed by variably displaying a design symbol (hereinafter referred to as a decoration diagram) triggered by the winning of a pachinko ball (establishment of the start condition) at the start winning opening 31a, 32a. The result of the hit determination is notified by a decorative drawing that finally displays a stop (definite stop display). In the first embodiment, as the symbol display device 17, a liquid crystal display device in which a liquid crystal panel capable of displaying various designs, characters, and the like in addition to the decorative drawing is accommodated in the accommodation case is not limited to this. Various conventionally known display devices capable of stopping and variably displaying various symbols such as a drum-type symbol display device and a dot matrix-type symbol display device can be adopted.

  As shown in FIG. 1, on the front side of the middle frame 12, a front frame (door body) 13 as a decorated decorative frame is assembled so as to be openable and closable. That is, the front frame 13 is configured to be displaceable to a closed position that covers the front side of the middle frame 12 and an open position that opens the front side of the middle frame 12. The pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment includes an open / close detection lever 12a that moves back and forth according to the opening / closing operation of the front frame 13, and an open / closed state (closed) of the front frame 13 according to the position of the open / close detection lever 12a. A front frame opening detection sensor SE10 (see FIG. 3) for detecting whether the position is displaced from the position to the open position side is disposed at the upper right end of the middle frame 12. The front frame 13 is formed with a front and rear window 13a for visually recognizing the game area 20a of the game board 20 from the front side of the machine, and a transparent protective plate made of a glass plate or a transparent synthetic resin material (see FIG. (Not shown) is arranged so as to cover the window 13a, so that the gaming board 20 is protected in a state where the gaming area 20a can be seen through from the front side. The front frame 13 is provided with a frame lamp (light emitting means) 19 so as to surround the outer periphery of the window 13a, and a speaker (sound that can output sound and sound effects) at the upper corner of the front frame 13. (Output means) 18 is disposed. That is, a light emitter (not shown) such as an LED provided on the frame lamp 19 is turned on and blinking, or an appropriate sound is output from the speaker 18, so that it matches the symbol variation effect on the symbol display device 17. In this way, a light emission effect and a sound effect can be performed. That is, the speaker 18 and the frame lamp 19 arranged in the front frame 13 function as an effect unit capable of executing an effect.

  An upper ball receiving tray 14 and a lower ball receiving tray 15 for storing pachinko balls are integrally assembled at a lower position of the front frame 13 (see FIG. 1), and the ball receiving trays 14, 15 is configured to open and close integrally. Here, in the pachinko machine 10, a ball storage tank (not shown) for storing pachinko balls replenished from a ball replenishing mechanism (not shown) in the amusement store is disposed in the upper part on the rear side of the machine. The pachinko ball stored in the ball storage tank is connected to the upper plate by driving a ball dispensing device 12B (see FIG. 3) arranged to connect to the lower end of a ball passage (not shown) connected to the downstream side of the ball It is configured to pay out to the upper ball tray 14 through the passage 71 (see FIG. 1). The upper ball tray 14 is provided so as to store the pachinko balls paid out by the ball paying device 12B and finally send the stored pachinko balls one by one to the launch position by the ball launching device 12A. Yes. When the upper ball tray 14 is filled with pachinko balls, the pachinko balls newly paid out by the ball dispensing device 12B are guided to the lower ball tray 15 through the lower plate communication passage 72 (see FIG. 1) and stored. Is done. When the lower ball tray 15 is filled with pachinko balls, the pachinko balls newly paid out by the ball dispensing device 12B cannot flow into the upper ball tray 14 and the lower ball tray 15 and are upstream of the lower ball tray 15. In addition, it is stored in the lower plate connecting passage 72 and the upper plate connecting passage 71 located on the downstream side of the ball dispensing device 12B. Here, a full detection sensor SE9 (see FIG. 3) for detecting pachinko balls is disposed on the middle frame 12 so as to face the upper plate communication passage 71 between the ball dispensing device 12B and the lower ball tray 15. In addition, the upper ball tray 14 and the lower ball tray 15 are configured to be determined in response to the detection of the full detection sensor SE9. The speaker 18 and the frame lamp 19 may be disposed on the lower ball tray 15. Further, the full detection sensor SE9 may be disposed so as to face the lower dish communication passage 72.

  The ball payout device 12B includes a payout sprocket (not shown) for sending pachinko balls stored in the ball storage tank side one by one to the upper plate communication passage 71 side, and a payout motor MT1 for rotating the payout sprocket ( 3), and the payout motor MT1 is driven and controlled when a pachinko ball is won (entered) in a later-described entrance 31a, 32a, 33a, 34a. It is configured to pay out pachinko balls (prize balls). Further, the ball payout device 12B is provided with a payout detection sensor SE11 (see FIG. 3) for detecting a pachinko ball paid out by the payout sprocket. That is, the pachinko machine 10 is configured to detect whether a specified number of pachinko balls (prize balls) have been paid out by detecting the paid-out pachinko balls with the payout detection sensor SE11.

(About various substrates 59, 60, 61, 62, 65, 66 etc. provided in the pachinko machine 10)
On the rear side of the pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. 3, a main control board 60 having a main control CPU 60a for performing overall control relating to pachinko games is disposed. Further, on the rear side of the pachinko machine 10, there is an effect control board 65 provided with an effect control CPU 65a that performs control related to the effect, and the symbol display device according to the effect contents determined by the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a). A display control board 66 having a display control CPU 66a for controlling image display at 17 is disposed. The main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) is electrically connected to a game information display M for displaying various information related to the game, and the main display control (light emission mode) of the game information display M is controlled. The CPU 60a is configured to perform switching control.

  The effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) determines the contents of the effect based on the control signal (command) output from the main control board 60, and uses the determined effect contents as the control signal (command) to the display control board 66. Output. In addition, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) controls the sound output of the speaker 18 according to the determined contents of the effect, and the frame lamp 19 provided in the front frame 13 or the game board 20 is controlled. The provided game board lamp (production means) 24 is controlled to emit light. Furthermore, the production control board 65 (production control CPU 65a) controls the operation of the production movable body (production means) 25d provided in the game board 20 in accordance with the decided production content. Thereby, the production control board 65 (production control CPU 65a) can control the production executed by the symbol display device 17, the speaker 18, the frame lamp 19, the game board lamp 24 and the movable body 25d as production means. It has become.

  Further, on the rear surface side of the pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. 3, the payout control board 61 provided with a payout control CPU 61a for driving and controlling the ball payout device 12B and the operation state of the operation handle 16 are used. A launch control board 62 having a launch control CPU 62a for driving and controlling the ball launcher 12A is provided, the payout control board 61 is electrically connected to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), and the launch control board 62 is provided. (Launch control CPU 62a) is electrically connected to the payout control board 61 (payout control CPU 61a). The payout control board 61 (payout control CPU 61a) is electrically connected with a remaining award ball indicator 51 for displaying the number of award balls (unpaid balls) that have not yet been paid out. The payout control CPU 61a is configured to switch and control the display content (light emission mode) of the container 51. Here, the payout control board 61 (payout control CPU 61a) is electrically connected to an external information output terminal board (external relay board) 63 provided with a plurality of output terminals, and this external information output terminal board 63. The information regarding the pachinko machine 10 is output to the outside of the machine (hall computer) through each output terminal. Further, on the rear side of the pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. 3, a necessary power supply voltage (for example, DC 30V) of each part is generated from an external power supply (for example, AC 24V) to control each control board 60, 61, 62, 65. , 66 and other electric components are provided with a power supply board 59 provided with a power supply circuit (not shown).

(About game board 20)
Next, the configuration of the game board 20 will be described. The game board 20 is configured by a flat transparent plate (game area forming member) formed from a light-transmitting synthetic resin material such as acrylic or polycarbonate into a substantially rectangular shape with a predetermined plate thickness. As shown in FIG. 2, a game area 20a in which a pachinko ball can flow down (movable) is defined on the front side of the game board 20 by a substantially circular guide rail 22 arranged on the front surface (board surface). The pachinko balls launched from the ball launching device 12A are launched into the game area 20a through the launch ball passage 22a (see FIG. 2) so that a game is played. The game board 20 may be one in which a decorative seal or the like is attached to the surface of a non-light-transmitting plate member such as a veneer material or a synthetic resin material.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the gaming board 20 has a plurality of mounting holes penetrating in the front-rear direction in the game area 20a, and various game components 25, 32, 33, 34, 35 is attached from the front side. Further, the game board 20 has an out port 23 at the lowermost position of the game area 20a (see FIG. 2), and a pachinko ball launched into the game area 20a enters the out port 23 and is out of the plane. Configured to be discharged. Here, the pachinko machine 10 includes the sorting unit 25 (first start) as a game component in which the entrances 31a, 32a, 33a, 34a, and 35a into which pachinko balls flowing down the game area 20a can enter are formed. The winning portion 31), the second starting winning portion 32, the special winning portion 33, the normal winning portion 34 and the gate portion 35 are provided in the game board 20, and the entrances 31a, 32a, 33a, where pachinko balls have entered are provided. It is configured such that a predetermined game can be performed by executing control according to 34a and 35a. In addition, a large number of game nails (not shown) are provided in the game area 20a of the game board 20, and the flow direction of the pachinko balls changes irregularly by contact with the game nails. The symbol display device 17 is attached to the rear side of the game board 20 and is connected to the game board 20 through a mounting opening formed in the game board 20 and an opening 25a formed in a distribution unit 25 described later. It is comprised so that it can visually recognize from the front side.

(About distribution unit 25)
The game board 20 includes a distribution unit 25 (see FIG. 2) in which an opening 25a that opens in the front and rear is formed in a mounting opening in which a substantially central portion of the game area 20a surrounded by the guide rail 22 is opened. The display unit 17a of the symbol display device 17 faces the front side of the game board 20 through the opening 25a of the distribution unit 25. The distribution unit 25 has a hook-like portion 25b that protrudes forward from the front surface of the game board 20 and defines the inner periphery of the game area 20a, and a thin plate-like shape that extends outward from the rear edge of the hook-like portion 25b. And a base plate portion 25c. Then, the base plate portion 25c is fixed to the game board 20 with fixing means such as screws in a state where the base plate portion 25c is brought into contact with the front surface of the game board 20 and aligned with the mounting position. Is attached to the game board 20. Here, the bowl-shaped portion 25b is provided so as to surround the outer periphery of the opening 25a, and a pachinko ball flowing down the game area 20a enters the inside of the opening 25a (that is, the front side of the display portion 17a). Is regulated.

  The game area 20 a defined on the game board 20 includes a first ball flow path 21 a through which a pachinko ball flows down the left side of the bowl-shaped portion 25 b in the sorting unit 25, and a bowl in the sorting unit 25. On the right side from the upper side of the shaped part 25b, the pachinko ball is partitioned into a second ball flow path 21b. Thereby, by rotating the operation lever 16a of the operation handle 16 to adjust the hitting force, a game form (left-handed) in which a pachinko ball launched into the game area 20a flows down the first ball flow path 21a, and The player can arbitrarily select one of the game forms (right-handed) in which the pachinko ball flows down the second ball flow down path 21b. Then, the pachinko machine 10 is the first to be described later when the pachinko ball flows down the first ball flow path 21a (when left-handed), compared to the case where the pachinko ball flows down the second ball flow path 21b. When the pachinko ball is configured to be highly likely to win (win) the start winning portion 31 and the normal winning portion 34, and when the pachinko ball flows down the second ball flow path 21b (right-handed case) In addition, compared with the case where the pachinko balls flow down the first ball flow path 21a, there is a high possibility that the pachinko balls will win (win) the gate portion 35, the second start winning portion 32, and the special winning portion 33 described later. It is comprised so that it may become.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the distribution unit 25 includes an inlet 26a formed in the bowl-shaped portion 25b so as to communicate the opening 25a and the game area 20a (first ball flow path 21a), and the inlet 26a. A first start winning portion 31 capable of winning a pachinko ball that has entered the opening 25a side, and distributing portions 27, 28, 29 for distributing the pachinko balls between the inlet 26a and the first start winning portion 31 I have. The distribution unit 25 includes the game board lamp 24 that performs a light emission effect in accordance with the symbol variation effect performed on the display unit 17a of the symbol display device 17, and the movable body 25d that performs an operation effect in accordance with the symbol variation effect. And. The movable body 25d is a rotating lamp that rotates while emitting light in response to driving of the effect motor MT3 disposed in the distribution unit 25, and also functions as a game board lamp that performs the light emitting effect. is there.

  The distribution unit 25 distributes the pachinko balls that have entered the introduction port 26a by a plurality of distribution units 27, 28, and 29, and finally wins the first start winning unit 31 or goes out of the plane. It is configured to discharge. Here, the pachinko ball that has entered the introduction port 26a is first guided to the stage 26 that extends to the left and right at the top of the opening 25a, and after rolling on the stage 26, the pachinko ball enters the first from the exit of the stage 26. It is guided to the distribution unit 27.

  The first allocating unit 27 includes an upper allocating rotating body 27a that performs a certain operation (rotating operation) regardless of the gaming state by driving the allocating motor MT2 as a driving unit. The rotating body 27a rotates around an axis in the front-rear direction, so that pachinko balls guided from the stage 26 are distributed to the right special route 27b and the left normal route 27c. The first distribution unit 27 distributes the pachinko balls guided from the stage 26 to the special route 27b at a ratio of 1/10 to the normal route 27c at a ratio of 9/10. The pachinko balls distributed to the normal route 27c by the first distribution unit 27 are guided to the second distribution unit 28 described later, while the pachinko balls distributed to the special route 27b are the second distribution unit. It is configured to be guided to a third distribution unit 29 described later without going through 28. In addition, by providing the stage 26 on the upstream side of the first distribution unit 27, it is possible to prevent the timing at which the pachinko ball that has entered the introduction port 26a reaches the distribution position by the first distribution unit 27 from becoming constant. It is out.

  In addition, the second allocating section 28 includes upper and lower two-stage crunes that distribute pachinko balls to a plurality of paths on a concave curved surface (not shown). Then, the pachinko ball discharged from the downstream end of the normal route 27c is received by the upper croon and distributed on the rolling surface of the upper crune, and a part of the pachinko ball distributed by the upper clune is It is guided on the rolling surface of the lower croon and further distributed. Thereby, the distribution unit 25 distributes the pachinko sphere guided from the normal route 27c to the second distribution unit 28 to the third distribution unit 29 described later at a ratio of 1/8, and a ratio of 7/8. It is configured to discharge toward the outside.

  The third distribution unit 29 includes a lower distribution rotating body 29a that performs a certain operation (rotation operation) regardless of the gaming state by driving a distribution motor MT2 as a drive unit. The rotating body 29a rotates about the vertical axis, thereby causing a part of the pachinko balls led from the special route 27b and the second allocating unit 28 to win the first start winning unit 31, Other pachinko balls that cannot be distributed to the first start winning section 31 are discharged out of the machine. Thereby, the distribution unit 25 distributes the pachinko balls guided from the special route 27b and the second distribution unit 28 to the first start winning unit 31 at a ratio of 1/4, and at a ratio of 3/4. It is configured to discharge outward. The distribution motor MT2 for rotating the lower distribution rotator 29a may be the same as or different from the distribution motor MT2 for rotating the upper distribution rotator 27a.

(About the starting prize winners 31, 32)
As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 20 is provided with start winning portions 31, 32 having start winning ports 31a, 32a through which pachinko balls flowing down the game area 20a can win. Specifically, pachinko balls that have entered the inlet 26a in the process of flowing down the first ball flow path 21a downstream of the sorting units 27, 28, and 29 in the sorting unit 25 can be won. A first start winning section 31 having a first start winning opening (ball entrance) 31a is provided. In addition, a second start winning opening (entrance entrance, variable entrance entrance) 32a in which a pachinko ball flowing down the second ball flow path 21b can win is provided at a position separated to the right side with respect to the sorting unit 25. A second start winning section 32 is provided. Here, the first start winning portion 31 has the first start winning opening 31a always communicating with the third distributing portion 29 (always open), and the pachinko balls distributed by the third distributing portion 29 are the first. It is configured to always accept from the one start winning opening 31a. On the other hand, the second start winning portion 32 is opened and closed by a start opening / closing member 32b as a game member that can contact a pachinko ball led to the game area 20a according to a predetermined opening condition and closing condition. Opening and closing type winning part. That is, the second start winning opening 32a changes to an open state in which the pachinko ball can win (win) and a closed state in which no win (win) can be made. The second start winning portion 32 includes a start winning solenoid SL1 (see FIG. 3) as drive means for opening / closing (driving) the opening / closing member 32b for starting, and the start winning solenoid SL1 is driven and controlled by the main control CPU 60a. Configured to be.

  The first and second start winning portions 31 and 32 are used as ball detection sensors (entrance detection means) for detecting pachinko balls that have won (entered) the first and second start winning ports 31a and 32a. Start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2 (see FIG. 3). The start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2 are wired to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). When the detection signals from the start winning detection sensors SE1, SE2 are input to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) receives the start winning detection sensors SE1, SE2. A prize ball payout command command as a payout information signal is output to the payout control board 61 using the detection signal as an award ball payout condition, and a specified number (for example, 4) of pachinko balls (award) are output to the ball payout device 12B. Sphere). The detection of pachinko balls by the first and second start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2 (that is, the winning of the pachinko balls to the first and second start winning ports 31a and 32a) is satisfied as a condition (starting condition). The control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) acquires various start winning information (values of various random numbers to be described later) and, based on the acquired starting winning information, determines whether to give a big hit game (a big hit lottery ).

  Then, the effect control CPU 65a controls the display content on the display unit 17a of the symbol display device 17 based on the result of the special symbol determination via the display control CPU 66a, and executes the symbol variation effect in the symbol display device 17. It is configured as follows. That is, the effect control CPU 65a functions as a display control unit that controls display on the display unit 17a. In addition, as a result of the symbol variation effect, the symbols (decorative drawings for the effect) are displayed on the symbol display device 17 in a predetermined stop combination (for example, three sets of the same ornamental drawings), and the game is determined and stopped. It is possible to notify that a winning game advantageous to the user (hereinafter referred to as a big hit game) is awarded.

(About the special prize winning section 33)
As shown in FIG. 2, a pachinko ball that flows down the game area 20a (second ball flow path 21b) wins (wins) on the game board 20 at a position separated to the lower right of the sorting unit 25. A possible special winning section 33 is provided. The special winning portion 33 is provided with a special opening / closing member 33b that opens and closes a special winning opening (a winning opening, a variable winning opening) 33a that opens to the game area 20a (second ball flow path 21b). . Then, the special winning portion 33 is a special winning solenoid SL2 (see FIG. 3) as a driving means for opening / closing (driving) a special open / close member (game member that can be contacted with a pachinko ball guided to the game area 20a) 33b. And the special winning solenoid SL2 is driven and controlled by the main control CPU 60a. That is, the special winning opening 33a is changed to an open state in which the pachinko ball can win (pick up) and a closed state in which it cannot win (pick up). The special winning unit 33 is provided with a special winning detection sensor SE3 (see FIG. 3) as a winning detection sensor (entrance detecting means) for detecting a pachinko ball won in the special winning opening 33a. The special prize detection sensor SE3 is electrically connected to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), and the special prize detection sensor SE3 detects a pachinko ball (that is, detection by winning a pachinko ball into the special prize opening 33a). When the condition is satisfied, a detection signal is output to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), and the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) receives the detection signal from the special winning detection sensor SE3 and pays out a prize ball. As a condition, a prize ball payout command command is output to the payout control board 61 so that a specified number (for example, nine) of pachinko balls (prize balls) are paid out to the ball payout device 12B.

  Here, the special winning solenoid SL2 is driven and controlled by the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) when a big hit game is given after the end of the symbol variation effect by the symbol display device 17. In other words, when a big hit game is awarded, the special prize opening 33a of the special prize winning unit 33 is opened under a predetermined release condition so that the player can have an opportunity to win a prize ball. In the big hit game, the special opening / closing member 33b is opened in the prescribed number of round games (16 in the first embodiment) so that the player can aim to win the special prize opening 33a in the round game. It has become. One round game ends when a specified number (for example, nine) of pachinko balls win a special winning opening 33a, or when a specified time (for example, 25,000ms special opening time) has passed since the start of each round game. It is set to do. In addition, during each round game in the big hit game, an interval between rounds is set in which the special opening / closing member 33b is kept closed for a predetermined time (for example, an interval time between rounds of 1000 ms). In the big hit game, an opening effect is performed for a predetermined time (for example, an opening time of 8000 ms) before the start of the first round game, and an ending effect is performed for a predetermined time (for example, 5000 ms) after the final round game is completed. Ending time). Here, the main control CPU 60a is configured to be able to set a big hit flag indicating whether or not the big hit game is in the main control RAM 60c, and the value of the big hit flag is set to “1” at the start timing of the big hit game (the start timing of the opening effect). And control to return the set value of the big hit flag to “0” at the end timing of the big hit game (end timing of the ending effect).

(About the gate part 35)
As shown in FIG. 2, a pachinko ball flowing down the game area 20a (second ball flow path 21b) passes through the game board 20 at a position separated to the right side of the sorting unit 25 (entry). A possible gate part 35 is provided. The gate portion 35 is provided with a gate port (operating port) 35a through which a pachinko ball can pass (enter) up and down, and an entrance detection sensor (a ball detection sensor) that detects that the pachinko ball has passed through the gate port 35a. A gate sensor SE5 (see FIG. 3) is provided as a ball entry detecting means). The gate sensor SE5 is electrically connected to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). With the input of a detection signal from the gate sensor SE5 to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), that is, detection of a pachinko ball of the gate sensor SE5 (establishment of a detection condition by entering a pachinko ball into the gate port 35a). Thus, it is configured that various types of operation entry information (values of various random numbers to be described later) are acquired, and a base hit determination (lottery per base map) is performed based on the acquired game information. Then, when the base hit determination is a hit determination result and a game per base is given, the start winning solenoid SL1 is driven and controlled to open and close the start opening / closing member 32b (second start winning prize). The mouth 32a is opened and closed).

(Regular winning part 34)
As shown in FIG. 2, a pachinko ball that flows down the game area 20a (first ball flow path 21a) is won (entered) on the game board 20 at a position separated to the left side of the sorting unit 25. A possible normal winning section 34 is provided. As shown in FIG. 2, the normal winning portion 34 is configured so that the normal winning opening 34a through which a pachinko ball can be won always opens upward at the left edge (first ball flow path 21a) of the game area 20a. The pachinko ball that is provided on the board 20 and flows down the first ball flow path 21a can win the normal winning opening 34a with a certain probability. The normal winning portion 34 is provided with a normal winning detection sensor SE4 (see FIG. 3) as a winning detection sensor (entrance detecting means) for detecting a pachinko ball that has won (entered) the normal winning opening 34a. The normal winning detection sensor SE4 is electrically connected to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). Then, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) pays out the winning sphere under the condition that the detection signal from the normal winning detection sensor SE4 is input to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). Then, a prize ball payout command command is output to the payout control board 61 to cause the ball payout device 12B to pay out a predetermined number (for example, 15) of pachinko balls (prize balls). .

  Here, the display means for displaying symbols (the game information display M and the symbol display device 17) provided on the game board 20 will be described.

(About the game information display M)
As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 20 is provided with a game information display M capable of displaying various types of game information. The game information display M includes a plurality of display parts Ma, Mb, Mc, Md, Me, Mf, and Mg, and is electrically connected to the main control CPU 60a of the main control board 60, and the main control CPU 60a displays the display contents ( The light emission mode) is controlled. The game information display M is arranged at a position outside the game area 20a on the game board 20 so that it does not interfere with the player who is paying attention to the performance performed by the symbol display device 17. Has been. Further, the game information display M has a display area smaller than that of the symbol display device 17 as one display unit, and information displayed on each display unit Ma, Mb, Mc, Md, Me, Mf, Mg. It is easy to check (game information) together. Note that the game information display M of the first embodiment is composed of a light emitting display unit composed of a plurality of LEDs, each of which can be individually controlled to be lit, each of the display units Ma, Mb, Mc, Md, Me, Mf, and Mg. As long as the corresponding information can be displayed or notified, a 7-segment display, a dot matrix, a small liquid crystal display, or other display means can be employed.

(About special figure display parts Ma and Mb)
In the game information display M, a special symbol for notification (hereinafter referred to as a “hit lottery lottery”) that indicates the result of the special figure determination (big hit lottery) that is performed in response to the winning at the first starting winning port 31a and the second starting winning port 32a. Special figure display portions (display means) Ma and Mb for displaying a special figure) are provided (see FIG. 2). The special symbol display parts Ma and Mb finally start a variable display triggered by a winning (detection by the first starting winning detection sensor SE1) to the first start winning port 31a, and finally, a plurality of types of symbols (special symbols). A first special figure display unit Ma as a light emitting display unit constituted by a plurality of LEDs (8 in the first embodiment) that stop display one of the two, and a winning (second second) to the second start winning opening 32a A plurality of LEDs that stop display one of a plurality of types of special symbols (hereinafter referred to as “special drawings”) after starting the variable display triggered by the start winning detection sensor SE2) (Example 1) And a second special figure display section Mb as a light emitting display section. In addition, as the special figure which is stopped and displayed on the first and second special figure display parts Ma and Mb, the special figure which can recognize that a big hit game is given and a special type of special figure which can recognize that the big hit game is recognized is recognized. One type of special figure as an obtained off-line display (out-of-line symbol) is set corresponding to each of the special figure display parts Ma and Mb. In the following description, the special figure fluctuation display performed in the first special figure display unit Ma is referred to as “first special figure fluctuation display”. As a result of the first special figure fluctuation display, the first special figure display unit Ma The special figure stopped and displayed may be referred to as special figure 1. Similarly, the special figure fluctuation display performed in the second special figure display unit Mb is referred to as “second special figure fluctuation display”, and as a result of the second special figure fluctuation display, it is stopped and displayed on the second special figure display unit Mb. The special figure may be referred to as special figure 2.

  The fluctuation time of the special figure fluctuation display in the special figure display portions Ma and Mb and the type of special figure to be stopped are indicated by the main control CPU 60a triggered by the detection of the pachinko ball by the first and second start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2. It is determined based on the acquired start winning information (the acquired random number value). Specifically, the main control CPU 60a determines the value of the random number for special figure determination used for determining whether or not to grant the big hit game (determined per special figure) and the special figure determination used for determining the big hit symbol as the special figure. The first and second start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2 are used to determine the random number value for use and the special drawing variation pattern distribution random number value used for determining the variation time of the special symbol variation display and the contents of the symbol variation effect. Is acquired according to the detection timing of the pachinko sphere, and is stored in the main control RAM 60c as a storage means provided in the main control board 60. Then, a special figure determination is performed according to the value of the special figure determination random number stored in the main control RAM 60c. One kind of special figure showing is determined. When the special figure hit determination results in a hit determination result, the special figure as the big hit symbol is determined according to the value of the special figure determination random number. Further, a special figure fluctuation pattern for specifying the fluctuation time of the special figure fluctuation display and the contents of the symbol fluctuation effect is determined from a plurality of types according to the value of the special figure fluctuation pattern distribution random number.

  Further, in the first embodiment, the game state after the big hit game is ended is notified by a special figure that is stopped and displayed as a result of the special figure change display in the special figure display parts Ma and Mb. Here, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the main control CPU 60a determines the gaming state after the big hit game is ended based on the determination of the big hit symbol using the value of the special figure determining random number. Then, the main control CPU 60a increases the probability that the determination per special figure will be a winning determination result, and a winning that improves the ease of winning a pachinko ball (winning probability) in the second start winning opening 32a. It has a rate improvement function, depending on the combination of the probability variation state (probability variation state) in which the probability variation function operates and the winning rate improvement state (time reduction state) in which the winning rate improvement function operates, Multiple types of gaming states can occur. Specifically, in the pachinko machine 10, the first game state (non-probability change state and non-time-short state) in which neither the probability variation function nor the winning rate improvement function is operated, and the probability variation function and the winning rate improvement function are activated. 2 gaming state (probability change state and short time state), 3rd game state (probability change state and non-time reduction state) that activates the probability variation function and does not activate the winning rate improvement function, and does not activate the probability variation function, A fourth game state (non-probability change state and short time state) that activates the winning rate improvement state can be generated. That is, depending on the type of special figure as a big hit symbol that is stopped and displayed on the special figure display portions Ma and Mb, which of the first to fourth gaming states is the gaming state after the big hit game is ended? Can be identified. The main control CPU 60a sets the value of the probability variation flag stored in the main control RAM 60c to “1” corresponding to the state in which the probability variation function is activated, and the probability variation flag is set in a state in which the probability variation function is not activated. The value is set to “0”. Further, the main control CPU 60a sets the value of the time reduction flag stored in the main control RAM 60c to “1” corresponding to the state where the winning rate improvement function is activated, and the time reduction when the winning rate improvement function is not activated. The flag value is set to “0”. That is, the main control CPU 60a sets each value of the probability change flag and the time reduction flag to “0” in the first game state (non-probability change state and non-time reduction state), and the second game state (probability change state and time reduction state). In the third game state (probability variation state and non-time reduction state), the probability variation flag value is set to “1” while the time variation flag value is set to “1”. In the fourth gaming state (non-probability change state and short time state), the value of the probability change flag is set to “0” while the value of the short time flag is set to “1”. In the first embodiment, in the short time state in which the winning rate improvement function is activated, it is easier for the pachinko ball to win the second start winning port 32a than to win the first start winning port 31a. In a non-short-time state, the second start winning opening 32a is maintained in a closed state so that it is impossible to win a pachinko ball.

(About special figure hold display section Mc, Md)
The special figure hold display sections Mc and Md store start winning information (various random number information) acquired when a pachinko ball wins the first start winning opening 31a and the second starting winning opening 32a in a storage means ( Specifically, it is a display unit that displays the number of suspensions of the start suspension information in a identifiable manner when it is stored as start suspension information (special drawing suspension information) in the main control RAM 60c provided on the main control board 60. . Here, as shown in FIG. 2, the special figure hold display sections Mc and Md mainly control start winning information (various random number information) acquired when a pachinko ball wins the first start winning opening 31a. The first special figure hold display section Mc that displays the number of holds stored as the first start hold information in the RAM 60c, and the start winning information (various random number information) acquired when the pachinko ball wins the second start winning opening 32a. Is stored in the main control RAM 60c as the second start hold information. The second special figure hold display section Md displays the hold number, and each of the special figure hold display sections Mc and Md includes a plurality of light emitting display sections. Has been. A first special figure hold display section Mc is provided as a light emitting display section composed of a plurality of LEDs (two in the first embodiment) for displaying the number of holds of the first start hold information. A second special figure hold display section Md is provided as a light emitting display section composed of a plurality of LEDs (two in the first embodiment) for displaying the number of information hold. In other words, the number of the first special figure variation display and the second special figure variation display that have been suspended (the number of symbol variation effects) is notified by the display contents of the first and second special figure suspension display portions Mc and Md. .

  Here, the number of holds of the first start hold information displayed on the first special figure hold display section Mc is incremented by 1 when the pachinko ball wins the first start winning opening 31a, and the first special figure change Each time display (design variation effect) is performed, 1 is subtracted. Similarly, the number of holds of the second start hold information displayed on the second special figure hold display section Md is incremented by 1 when the pachinko ball wins the second start winning opening 32a, and the second special figure change Each time display (design variation effect) is performed, 1 is subtracted. Note that a predetermined upper limit number (“4” for both in the first embodiment) is set for the number of suspensions of the first and second start suspension information, and the first and second start suspensions up to the upper limit number. It is set so that the number of information holds can be added. Each of the first and second special figure hold display portions Mc and Md is composed of a plurality of adjacent LEDs.

(About the general map display section Me)
The game information display M has a plurality of types of symbols (ordinary symbols after the start of variable display triggered by detection of pachinko balls by the gate sensor SE5 (passage of pachinko balls to the gate port (operating port) 35a)). ) Is provided as a light emitting display section composed of a plurality of LEDs (two in the first embodiment) that stop display one of them (see FIG. 2). In addition, as a normal symbol (hereinafter referred to as “general symbol”) that is stopped and displayed on the general symbol display unit Me, a plurality of types of general symbols as per symbol that can be recognized that a game is granted per universal symbol, One type of common map is set as an off-line display (out-of-line symbol) that can recognize the off-line.

  The main control CPU 60a obtains a plurality of types of random number values as the operation entry information, triggered by the detection of the pachinko sphere by the gate sensor SE5, and the fluctuation time of the usual figure fluctuation display on the ordinary figure display unit Me and It is configured to determine the type of the general map to be stopped and displayed based on the activated entrance information (value of the acquired random number). Specifically, the main control CPU 60a determines the value of the random number for determining the universal symbol used for determining whether or not to grant the game per universal symbol (determining the universal symbol), and the universal symbol used for determining the symbol as the universal symbol. A random number for figure determination and a random value for distribution of a common pattern variation pattern used for determination of a variation time of a normal map variation display are acquired according to the detection timing of the pachinko sphere by the gate sensor SE5, and the main control board The data is stored in a main control RAM 60c as a storage means provided in 60. Then, according to the value of the random number for determining the normal figure stored in the main control RAM 60c, the normal figure determination is performed. One type of common map showing is determined. In addition, when the hit determination is a hit determination result, the hit figure is determined according to the random number for determining the normal figure. Further, a general-purpose variation pattern that specifies a variation time of the general-purpose variation display is determined from a plurality of types according to the random number for distributing the general-purpose variation pattern.

(Regarding the general map hold display Mf)
The general map hold display unit Mf stores the operation entrance information (various random information such as a random number for determination per general map) acquired when the pachinko ball passes through the gate unit 35 in the internal storage means (specifically, Is a display unit that displays the number of suspensions of the operation suspension information in an identifiable manner when the operation control information is stored in the main control RAM 60c as operation suspension information (general suspension information). Here, as shown in FIG. 2, the universal map hold display portion Mf is a light emitting display portion composed of a plurality of LEDs (two in the first embodiment). Depending on the display contents of the universal map hold display portion Mf, The number of changes in the usual map that is put on hold is notified. The number of the operation hold storage displayed in the general map hold display portion Mf is incremented by 1 when the pachinko ball passes through the gate portion 35, and is subtracted by 1 when the normal map change display is started. Note that a predetermined upper limit number (“4” in the first embodiment) is set for the operation hold storage number, and the operation hold storage number can be added up to the upper limit number.

(About the status indicator Mg)
The state display unit Mg is a display unit that displays a plurality of types of game states that can be specified when a plurality of types of game states are set in the pachinko machine 10. LED). Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, since the probability variation state and the short time state are set as described below as the gaming state in which the game is performed, the lighting pattern (lighting position) in which the LEDs of the state display unit Mg are different. The number of lighting, lighting color, etc.) are lit to notify the probability variation state and the short time state as the gaming state. Here, the state display unit Mg is a jackpot corresponding to the winning symbol selected when the special symbol display units Ma and Mb are turned on in a lighting pattern representing a winning symbol (big winning symbol) or when the big winning game is performed thereafter. It is set to light up in a pattern indicating a gaming state after the game is over. Further, the state display unit Mg is set to maintain the lighting pattern until the probability change state or the time-short state is finished and the next special figure change display is performed in the special figure display parts Ma and Mb.

(About the symbol display device 17)
The symbol display device 17 is electrically connected to the display control board 66, and display contents are controlled by the display control board 66 based on a control signal such as a special figure variation pattern designation command output from the effect control CPU 65a of the effect control board 65. Has been updated. The display unit 17a of the symbol display device 17 is provided with a plurality of symbol rows capable of variably displaying decorative figures, which are symbols for effects, and is connected to the first start winning port 31a or the second starting winning port 32a. The decorations of each symbol row start to fluctuate with a winning (satisfaction of start conditions) as a trigger. Then, a symbol combination of decorations that are stopped and displayed (determined display) on a stop symbol effective line that combines the effective stop positions defined in each symbol row is derived. That is, the symbol display device 17 is configured to stop-display (determine display) a predetermined ornament (design) at an effective stop position after variably displaying the ornament (design) when the start condition is satisfied. In the symbol display device 17, a symbol variation effect (decorative display variation display) is performed over the variation time specified by the special symbol variation pattern determined by the main control CPU 60a, and the decoration diagram is displayed at the end timing of the variation time. Stop display (determined display). Here, in the 1st special figure display part Ma and the symbol display apparatus 17, the 1st special figure fluctuation display and the symbol fluctuation production regarding this 1st special figure fluctuation display are started simultaneously, and special figure 1 and a decoration drawing are displayed. At the same time, the display is stopped. Similarly, in the second special symbol display section Mb and the symbol display device 17, the second special symbol variation display and the symbol variation effect relating to the second special symbol variation display are started at the same time, At the same time, the display is stopped.

(About error detection sensors SE6 to SE10, SE1 to SE4)
The pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment includes a plurality of types of error detection sensors that can detect an error (abnormality). Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, as an error detection sensor (state detection means) electrically connected to the main control CPU 60a, a magnetic detection sensor SE6 that detects magnetism, and a radio wave detection that detects radio waves. A sensor SE7 and a vibration detection sensor SE8 for detecting vibration are provided. In addition, the second start winning detection sensor SE2 and the special winning detection sensor SE3 as the winning detection sensors corresponding to the second starting winning opening 32a and the special winning opening 33a, which are openable and closable winning openings, are closed as described later. It functions as an error detection sensor for detecting hourly winning errors (general power winning error, special power winning error), and detection of the balls corresponding to the first start winning port 31a and the normal winning port 34a which are not opened and closed. The first start winning detection sensor SE1 and the normal winning detection sensor SE4 as sensors function as an error detection sensor for detecting an excessive winning error (start winning error, normal winning error) described later. Further, as error detection sensors electrically connected to the payout control CPU 61a, a full detection sensor SE9 for detecting the full state of the ball trays 14 and 15 and a front frame open detection sensor SE10 for detecting the open / closed state of the front frame 13 are provided. Is provided. Hereinafter, error detection means (magnetic detection sensor SE6, radio wave detection sensor SE7, vibration detection sensor SE8, second start prize detection sensor SE2, special prize detection sensor SE3, start prize detection sensor SE1, ordinary prize detection sensor SE4, full detection sensor SE9 and front frame opening detection sensor SE10) will be described.

(Magnetic detection sensor SE6)
The pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment includes a magnetic detection sensor SE6 that can detect magnetism (see FIG. 3). This magnetic detection sensor SE6 is disposed in an attitude and position capable of detecting magnetism (magnetism generation state) in a range including the inlet 26a of the distribution unit 25, the stage 26, the distribution units 27, 28, 29, and the like. Yes. More specifically, the magnetic detection sensor SE6 of the first embodiment is the first in the stage 26 (that is, the timing adjusting means for preventing the timing at which the pachinko ball reaches the first sorting unit 27). It is arranged in a posture and position where magnetism can be detected in a range including the vicinity of the exit toward the distribution unit 27. The magnetism (magnetic generation state) is detected and a detection signal is output to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). It is configured to determine a magnetic detection sensor error as an abnormality (another abnormality). As a result, it is possible to recognize as a magnetic detection sensor error a state in which an improper act that attempts to change the behavior of the pachinko ball in the game area 20a by the magnetism generated by the magnetism generating device is performed. . Further, when the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) determines a magnetic detection sensor error based on the detection signal input from the magnetic detection sensor SE6, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) controls the game. A transition is made to a game stop state in which execution of processing (described later) is stopped (see FIG. 4), and a magnetic error designation command (error information) indicating the occurrence of a magnetic detection sensor error is sent to the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) and the payout. It is comprised so that it can output to the control board 61 (payout control CPU61a).

(Radio wave detection sensor SE7)
The pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment includes a radio wave detection sensor SE7 that can detect radio waves (see FIG. 3). The radio wave detection sensor SE7 is disposed, for example, in an attitude and position where radio waves (radio wave generation state) can be detected around the start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2. And while detecting a radio wave (radio wave generation state) and outputting a detection signal to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), the main control CPU 60a is based on the input of the detection signal from the radio wave detection sensor SE7. It is configured to determine a radio wave detection sensor error as an abnormality. As a result, a state in which an illegal act of obtaining a prize ball is performed by applying a radio wave from the radio wave output device to the start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2 to create a pseudo detection state is recognized as a radio wave detection sensor error. Is possible. Further, when the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) determines a radio wave detection sensor error based on the input of the detection signal from the radio wave detection sensor SE7, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) detects the radio wave detection sensor error. A radio wave error designation command (error information) indicating the occurrence of occurrence of the error is output to the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) and the payout control board 61 (payout control CPU 61a).

(Vibration detection sensor SE8)
The pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment includes a vibration detection sensor SE8 that can detect vibration (see FIG. 3). The vibration detection sensor SE8 includes, for example, a multivibrator circuit in which the balance between the two state systems changes when an impact with a predetermined frequency is detected. And while detecting the vibration (vibration generation state) of the pachinko machine 10 and outputting a detection signal to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), the main control CPU 60a is based on the input of the detection signal from the vibration detection sensor SE8. The vibration detection sensor error as an abnormality of the pachinko machine 10 is determined. As a result, it is possible to recognize as a vibration detection sensor error a state in which an illegal act of intentionally hitting the outer surface of the pachinko machine 10 to change the behavior of the pachinko ball in the sorting unit 25 is performed. It has become. In addition, when the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) determines a vibration detection error based on the input of the detection signal from the vibration detection sensor SE8, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) detects the vibration detection sensor error. A vibration error designation command (error information) indicating the occurrence is output to the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) and the payout control board 61 (payout control CPU 61a).

(Second start winning detection sensor SE2)
The pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment is in an open state in which a pachinko ball can win (win) and win (win) in accordance with the opening / closing operation of the start opening / closing member 32b (in response to driving of the start winning solenoid SL1). A second start winning detection sensor SE2 is configured to change the state of the second start winning opening 32a to an impossible closed state, and to detect a pachinko ball winning (entering) the second starting winning opening 32a. (See FIG. 3). The second start winning detection sensor SE2 is configured to output a detection signal to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) regardless of whether the second start winning opening 32a is opened or not when a pachinko ball is detected. Yes. On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a, based on the occurrence of detection by the second start winning detection sensor SE2 during the period when the second start winning opening 32a is closed, causes a general electric prize error as an abnormality of the pachinko machine 10. Is configured to determine. As a result, the second start prize opening 32a in the case where the start opening / closing member 32b is opened due to a failure / breakage of the opening / closing mechanism or an unauthorized act of forcibly opening the start opening / closing member 32b with an unauthorized tool is performed. It is possible to recognize the occurrence state of the prize winning as a normal power prize winning error. Further, when the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) determines the occurrence of a general electric prize error based on the input timing of the detection signal from the second start winning detection sensor SE2, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). ) Is configured to be able to output to the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) and the payout control board 61 (payout control CPU 61a) a general power prize error designation command (error information) indicating the occurrence of a general power prize error.

(Special prize detection sensor SE3)
The pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment is in an open state in which the pachinko ball can win (win) and win (win) in accordance with the opening / closing operation of the special opening / closing member 33b (in response to driving of the special winning solenoid SL2). The special winning opening 33a is configured so that the state of the special winning opening 33a changes to an impossible closed state, and includes a special winning detection sensor SE3 that detects a pachinko ball that has won (entered) the special winning opening 33a (FIG. 3). reference). The special prize detection sensor SE3 is configured to output a detection signal to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) regardless of whether the special prize opening 33a is opened or not when a pachinko ball is detected. On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a is configured to determine a special electric prize error as an abnormality of the pachinko machine 10 based on occurrence of detection by the special prize detection sensor SE3 during a period in which the special prize opening 33a is closed. Has been. As a result, when the special opening / closing member 33b is opened due to a failure / breakage of the opening / closing mechanism, or when an illegal act of forcibly opening the special opening / closing member 33b with an unauthorized tool is performed, the special winning opening 33a is opened. It is possible to recognize the occurrence state of a prize as a special electric prize prize error. Further, when the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) determines the occurrence of a special electric prize error based on the input timing of the detection signal from the special winning detection sensor SE3, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) A special electric prize error designation command (error information) indicating the occurrence of a prize error can be output to the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) and the payout control board 61 (payout control CPU 61a).

(First start prize detection sensor SE1)
The pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment includes a first start winning detection sensor (a state detecting unit, a first state detecting unit) that detects a pachinko ball (predetermined state) that has won (entered) the first start winning port 31a. SE1 is provided (see FIG. 3). The first start winning detection sensor SE1 is configured to output a detection signal toward the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) when a pachinko ball is detected. On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a detects the number of occurrences of detection by the first start winning detection sensor SE1 (the number of detection signal inputs) in a predetermined period (in the first embodiment, a reference time of 20 minutes and a unit time of 1 minute). The start winning error (excessive pitching error) as an abnormality of the pachinko machine 10 is determined based on the above. Thereby, the occurrence frequency of the winning at the first start winning opening 31a is so high that it cannot normally occur (that is, an illegal act for forcibly winning the pachinko ball to the first starting winning opening 31a is performed). It is possible to recognize a possible state) as a start winning error. Further, when the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) determines the occurrence of a start prize error based on the number of detection signals input from the first start winning detection sensor SE1, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). Is configured to output a start winning error designation command (error information) indicating the occurrence of a start winning error to the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) and the payout control board 61 (payout control CPU 61a).

(Normal winning detection sensor SE4)
The pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment includes a normal winning detection sensor (state detection means, second state detection means) SE4 that detects a pachinko ball (predetermined state) that has won (entered) a normal winning opening 34a. (See FIG. 3). The normal winning detection sensor SE4 is configured to output a detection signal to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) when a pachinko ball is detected. On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a is based on the number of occurrences of detection by the normal winning detection sensor SE4 (the number of detection signal inputs) in a predetermined period (in the first embodiment, a reference time of 20 minutes and a unit time of 1 minute). Thus, it is configured to determine a normal winning error (excessive winning error) as an abnormality of the pachinko machine 10. As a result, there is a possibility that the occurrence frequency of winning in the normal winning opening 34a is so high that it cannot normally occur (that is, an illegal act of forcibly winning a pachinko ball into the normal winning opening 34a). Status) can be recognized as a normal winning error. Further, when the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) determines the occurrence of a normal prize error based on the number of detection signal inputs from the normal winning detection sensor SE4, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) is normal. A normal winning error designation command (error information) indicating the occurrence of a winning error can be output to the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) and the payout control board 61 (payout control CPU 61a).

(Full detection sensor SE9)
The pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment includes a full detection sensor SE9 that detects pachinko balls in the upper plate communication passage 71 upstream of the ball trays 14 and 15 (see FIG. 3). This full detection sensor SE9 detects a pachinko ball in the upper plate communication passage 71 (that is, detects a state in which the paid-out pachinko ball is upstream of the lower ball tray 15), and pays out according to the presence or absence of detection. The signal output state of the detection signal directed to the control board 61 (payout control CPU 61a) is changed (in the first embodiment, a detection signal is output when there is a detection), and the full control sensor SE9 is used in the payout control CPU 61a. Is configured to determine a full error as an abnormality of the pachinko machine 10 based on an input of a detection signal from. Thereby, it is possible to recognize a state where the storage amount of the ball trays 14 and 15 becomes excessive (full state) as a full error. When the payout control board 61 (payout control CPU 61a) determines a full error based on the input of the detection signal from the full detection sensor SE9, the payout control board 61 (payout control CPU 61a) sends the ball payout device 12B. The driving state of the (payout motor MT1) is forcibly stopped to shift the control state to a payout stop state in which no prize ball is paid out, and a full error designation command (error information) indicating the occurrence of a full error is sent to the main control board 60 ( It is configured to be able to output to the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) via the main control CPU 60a).

(Front frame open detection sensor SE10)
The pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment includes a front frame opening detection sensor SE10 that detects whether or not the front frame 13 is in a closed position (locking position) with respect to the middle frame 12 (see FIG. 3). . The front frame opening detection sensor SE10 is configured such that the signal output state of the detection signal changes according to the open / closed state of the front frame 13. In the first embodiment, the state in which the front frame 13 is displaced from the closed position toward the open position with respect to the middle frame 12 is detected, and the dispensing control board 61 ( The payout control CPU 61a) outputs a detection signal to the payout control CPU 61a), and the payout control CPU 61a is configured to determine a door open error as an abnormality of the pachinko machine 10 in response to an input of the detection signal from the front frame open detection sensor SE10. ing. Thereby, the open state of the front frame 13 in which unauthorized access to the game area 20a from the front side of the middle frame 12 is easy can be recognized as a front frame open error. Further, when the payout control board 61 (the payout control CPU 61a) determines a door open error based on the detection signal from the front frame open detection sensor SE10, the payout control board 61 (the payout control CPU 61a) 12B (dispensing motor MT1) is forcibly stopped to shift the control state to a payout stop state in which a prize ball is not paid out, and a door open error designation command (error information) indicating the occurrence of a door open error is main controlled. It is configured to be able to output to the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) via the substrate 60 (main control CPU 60a).

(Regarding the configuration related to pachinko machine control)
Next, the board configuration of the power supply board 59, the main control board 60, the payout control board 61, the launch control board 62, the effect control board 65, and the display control board 66 provided in the pachinko machine 10 will be described.

(About power supply board 59)
In the power supply board 59, a power switch (not shown) for switching the power ON / OFF and control RAMs 60a, 61a, 65a provided in predetermined control boards 60, 61, 65 are initialized (backed up memory). A clear switch (not shown) for erasing the contents is provided. Further, the power supply board 59 has a power cut-off monitoring circuit (monitoring whether a voltage value of a power supply voltage (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a monitoring power supply voltage) supplied to a power supply circuit (not shown) drops to a threshold voltage. (Not shown). Here, the monitored power supply voltage drops to the threshold voltage when, for example, the power supply from the outside of the machine is cut off (when the power supply is cut off) due to an OFF operation of the power switch or a power failure. Further, the power supply board 59 is provided with a clear switch circuit (not shown) connected to the clear switch. In the first embodiment, a clear signal is output from the clear switch circuit to the control boards 60, 61, 65 only when the power switch is turned on (power-on) with the clear switch turned on. The control CPUs 60a, 61a, 65a of the received predetermined control boards 60, 61, 65 are set to perform processing for initializing the control RAMs 60c, 61c, 65c (step S104 in FIG. 5 described later). In the first embodiment, the control RAMs 60c, 61c, and 65c provided in the main control board 60, the payout control board 61, and the effect control board 65 are initialized in response to the output of the clear signal from the power supply board 59. Has been.

  The power supply board 59 is provided with a reset signal circuit (not shown) connected to the power-off monitoring circuit. Here, the power cut-off monitoring circuit, when the monitored power supply voltage becomes equal to or lower than the threshold voltage, the reset signal circuit, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), the payout control board 61 (payout control CPU 61a), and the effect control. A power-off signal (a signal indicating that the monitored power supply voltage has dropped to the threshold voltage) is output to the substrate 65 (production control CPU 65a). The reset signal circuit is connected to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) and the payout control board 61 (payout) at the start of power supply from the outside of the machine (when power is turned on or when power is restored) and when a power-off signal is input. A reset signal is output to the control CPU 61a) and the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) to restrict the operations of the main control CPU 60a, the payout control CPU 61a, and the effect control CPU 65a. A detailed description of the reset signal is omitted.

  The power supply board 59 is provided with a backup power supply (not shown) such as a capacitor. When the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is stopped (when a power-off signal is output), the main power control is performed from the backup power supply. Electric power is supplied to the CPU 60a, the payout control CPU 61a, and the effect control CPU 65a. Here, each control RAM 60c, 61c, 65c is provided with a backup area in addition to a regular storage area (working area) for temporarily storing various information during operation of the pachinko machine 10. Various information stored in the regular storage area of the control RAMs 60c, 61c, 65c is stored (written) in the backup area in response to the power supply from the backup power source, and the information stored in the backup area is Is held for a certain period after the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is stopped. Storage (writing) of various information to the backup area by each control CPU 60a, 61a, 65a is executed in the power-off process (see FIG. 5) at the time of power-off (when a power-off signal is input), and stored in the backup area. The setting (reading) of the various pieces of information to the regular storage area is executed by data recovery processing (see FIG. 5) at the start of power supply to the pachinko machine 10.

(Main control board 60)
As shown in FIG. 3, the main control board 60 has a main control CPU 60a for executing control processing, a main control ROM 60b for storing a control program executed by the main control CPU 60a, and data necessary for processing of the main control CPU 60a. A main control RAM 60c capable of writing / reading, a random number generation circuit 60d for generating hardware random numbers used for special figure determination and universal figure determination, which will be described later, and the like are provided. As shown in FIG. 4, the main control CPU 60a includes a first start winning detection sensor SE1, a second start winning detection sensor SE2, a special winning detection sensor SE3, a normal winning detection sensor SE4, a gate sensor SE5, a magnetic detection sensor SE6, radio waves. It is electrically connected to various detection sensors such as the detection sensor SE7 and the vibration detection sensor SE8, and is configured to input detection signals from the respective detection sensors and to determine whether or not the detection signals are input. . The main control CPU 60a also includes a start winning solenoid SL1 linked to the start opening / closing member 32b for opening and closing the second start winning opening 32a, a special winning solenoid SL2 linked to the special opening / closing member 33b for opening and closing the special winning opening 33a, It is electrically connected to various drive means such as a sorting motor MT2 linked to the sorting rotators 27a and 29a of the sorting unit 25, and is configured to drive and control each drive means. Further, the main control CPU 60a is electrically connected to the game information display M, and the display contents (light emission mode) of the display units Ma, Mb, Mc, Md, Me, Mf, Mg provided in the game information display M are provided. ) Are respectively controlled. In the main control RAM 60c, information related to the game (specific information described later) such as information that can specify the game state and information that can specify the progress of the game is stored in the regular storage area during the operation of the pachinko machine 10. When the power is turned off (when a power cut signal is input to the main control board 60), the data is stored in the backup area. That is, the main control RAM 60c functions as a storage unit that stores information related to games.

  As shown in FIG. 9, the main control board 60 has information used for determining whether or not an excessive winning error (starting winning error and normal winning error) has occurred. An over-throwing error determination storage unit having a plurality of storage areas PA1 and PA2 for storing the number of detections by the detection sensor SE1 and the number of detections by the normal winning detection sensor SE4) is set. Here, the excessive winning error determination storage unit can store a plurality of information (number of times detected by the first starting winning detection sensor SE1) used for determining whether or not an excessive winning error (start winning error) has occurred. A plurality of first buffers configured by the first storage area PA1 and information (number of detections by the normal winning detection sensor SE4) that can be used to determine whether or not an excessive winning error (normal winning error) has occurred. And a second buffer constituted by the second storage area PA2. Note that the excessive entry error determination storage unit is provided as a storage unit different from the main control RAM 60c in the main control board 60, but may be provided as a part of the main control RAM 60c. The excessive pitch error determination storage unit will be described later together with a description regarding determination of excessive pitch errors (start winning error and normal winning error).

  Here, in the first embodiment, the main control CPU 60a functions as a control process execution unit that executes a predetermined control process (game control process) related to a game and a predetermined control process (error control process) related to an error determination. . Further, the main control CPU 60a functions as a starting means for generating a game state (big hit game) advantageous to the player, triggered by detection by the start winning detection sensors (ball entering detection means) SE1, SE2, and is advantageous to the player. It functions as a hit determination means for performing a special hit determination to determine whether a special game state (big hit game) is caused by detection by the start winning detection sensors (entrance detection means) SE1, SE2. Further, the main control CPU 60a is triggered by detection by the first start winning detection sensor (state detection means, first state detection means) SE1 and the normal winning detection sensor (state detection means, second state detection means) SE4. It functions as an abnormality determination means for determining whether or not an excessive pitching error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred. The main control CPU 60a functions as a second abnormality determination unit that determines whether a magnetic detection sensor error (another abnormality) has occurred, triggered by the detection of the magnetic detection sensor. Further, the main control CPU 60a functions as a stopping means for stopping execution (stopping the game) of a predetermined control process relating to the game when it is determined that a magnetic detection sensor error has occurred (see FIG. 4). Note that the main control CPU 60a functions as a stopping unit so as to stop the execution of the control processing relating to the game until the power is turned off. Then, the main control CPU 60a stops the execution of the timing process (described later), the detection determination process (described later), and the drive control process (first and second drive processes described later) as stop means. It is functioning. Note that the main control CPU 60a performs control processing based on the detection of pachinko balls by the first and second start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2 as a ball detection sensor (ball detection means) (for example, a detection determination process described later, Functions as a ball entry control means for executing a special figure input process and a special figure judgment process, etc., and judges whether or not a detection by the incoming ball detection sensor (entrance detection means) SE1, SE2, SE3, SE4, SE5 has occurred. In addition to functioning as a detection determination means capable of executing detection determination processing (described later), a payout information signal (award) is triggered by the detection of a pachinko ball by the incoming ball detection sensors (incoming ball detection means) SE1, SE2, SE3, SE4, SE5. It functions as a payout information output means for outputting a ball payout command). Further, the main control CPU 60a drives and controls the start winning solenoid (driving means) SL1 and the special winning solenoid (driving means) SL2 for driving the start opening / closing member 32b and the special opening / closing member 33b as game members (a later-described first control solenoid (driving means) SL2). 1 and the second driving process).

  Further, regarding the determination of whether or not an excessive pitch error described later has occurred, the main control CPU 60a of the first embodiment designates an update area (described later) from among the plurality of first storage areas PA1, and also includes a plurality of second memories. It functions as an area designating means for designating an update area (described later) from the area PA2. In addition, the main control CPU 60a has the first storage area PA1 as an update area designated by the main control CPU 60a triggered by detection by the first start winning detection sensor (state detection means, first state detection means) SE1. The number of detections to be stored is updated, and the second storage area PA2 as an update area designated by the main control CPU 60a is triggered by detection by the normal winning detection sensor (state detection means, second state detection means) SE4. It functions as detection frequency update means for updating the stored detection frequency.

  The random number generating circuit 60d provided in the main control board 60 includes a clock generator (not shown), a special figure determination random number counter (not shown), and a universal figure determination random number counter (not shown). The special figure determination random number counter outputs a special figure determination random number value from “0” to “65535” at a timing according to the input of the clock signal from the clock generator. In addition to counting (updating), the random number counter for determining the number of times per unit of time determines the value of the random number for determining the number of times per unit from “0” to “65535” at a timing according to the input of the clock signal from the clock generator. Counts (updates) (hardware random number update process). When a signal indicating detection by the start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2 is input from the main control CPU 60a to the random number generation circuit 60d, the per-special-count counter for counting per special-count is counted at the input time. The value of the random number for determination is input to the main control CPU 60a as a random number confirmation signal and stored as start winning information in the main control RAM 60c. Further, when a signal indicating detection by the gate sensor SE5 is input from the main control CPU 60a to the random number generation circuit 60d, the random number for determining the normal map per unit count counted by the random counter for determining normal map at the time of the input. The value is input to the main control CPU 60a as a random number confirmation signal and stored as operation entry information in the main control RAM 60c. The main control board 60 updates the random number for special figure determination as the hardware random number and the random number for determination per common figure in the random number generation circuit 60d, while the special control as the software random number is controlled by the main control CPU 60a. Each value of the random number for determination, the random number for special pattern variation pattern distribution, the random number for general map determination, and the random number for general pattern variation pattern distribution is updated.

  The main control CPU 60a functions as a state detection unit that detects a state in which an input of a random number confirmation signal from the random number generation circuit 60d is not normal, and in response to detecting a state in which the input of the random number confirmation signal is not normal. It functions as an abnormality determination means for determining that a main board error has occurred as an abnormality in the hardware random number update process.

(Main process)
Here, the main process performed by the main control CPU 60a will be described in detail with reference to FIG. First, the main control CPU 60a performs initial setting processing necessary for normal operation of the main control CPU 60a when the power switch of the power supply board 59 is switched from OFF to ON and the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on. Execute (Step S101). When the initial setting process is completed, the main control CPU 60a sets the main control RAM 60c to an access-permitted state (step S102).

  Next, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the clear switch provided in the power supply board 59 is turned on at a timing when the power switch is turned on (step S103). In the determination process of step S103, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not a clear signal is input from the clear switch circuit, and determines that the clear signal is input (in the case of an affirmative determination). Shifts to processing of step S104 (described later). When the main control CPU 60a determines that the clear signal is not input in the determination process of step S103 (in the case of negative determination), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to the process of step S105 and is stored in the backup area of the main control RAM 60c. Check whether the backup data is normal. Specifically, the RAM determination value (checksum value) is calculated, and the calculated RAM determination value is compared with the RAM determination value stored in the power-off process (step S112) described later to determine whether the value is a normal value. Determine. If it is determined in step S105 that the backup data is not normal (in the case of negative determination), the process proceeds to step S104. On the other hand, when it is determined that the backup data is normal (in the case of an affirmative determination), the process proceeds to step S106.

  The main control CPU 60a clears (erases) the stored contents of the main control RAM 60c in the process of step S104. That is, when an affirmative determination is made in step S103 described above (when a clear signal is input) or a negative determination is made in step S105 described above (when the backup data is abnormal), the main control CPU 60a is in a power-off state (the power switch is turned off). The backup data stored and retained in the power-off process (step S112 to be described later) performed during the OFF operation or power failure is cleared, and an initial value is set in the main control RAM 60c. That is, the main control CPU 60a activates the pachinko machine 10 after initializing the main control RAM 60c in the process of step S104. The main control CPU 60a also sets a RAM clear designation command indicating that the stored contents of the main control RAM 60c have been cleared, and outputs the command to the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a.

  When an affirmative determination is made in step S105 described above (when the backup data is normal), the main control CPU 60a sets the value of the power-off flag to “0” (step S106). Note that the power-off flag is always set to a value of “0” in the main control RAM 60c, and “1” in the processing of the main control CPU 60a (non-maskable interrupt processing) when power supply from the outside of the machine is cut off. Changed to That is, the value of the power-off flag is set to “1” when the power-off signal from the power supply board 59 is input to the main control board 60 in response to the power OFF or the occurrence of a power failure. When the process of step S106 ends, the main control CPU 60a proceeds to the process of step S107. Note that the value of the power-off flag is also set to “0” in step S104 described above.

  Next, in step S107, the main control CPU 60a executes data recovery processing based on information stored in the backup area of the main control RAM 60c. In this data recovery process, the main control CPU 60a sets the contents backed up when the power is turned off in the normal storage area (working area) of the main control RAM 60c, and restores the pachinko machine 10 to the state before the power is turned off. A recovery command indicating the return to the previous state is set and output to the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a. When the power supply is restarted after the power supply is stopped (power is cut off) in the middle of the symbol variation effect, the effect control CPU 65a that has input the recovery command output from the main control CPU 60a in step S107 is the speaker 18 As for the effects related to the frame lamp 19 and the game board lamp 24, the execution of the effects is resumed from the time when the symbol variation effect that was interrupted when the power was turned off is resumed. On the other hand, with respect to the effect on the symbol display device 17, execution of the effect is resumed from the next symbol variation effect (see FIG. 4).

  When the power is turned off, as backup data (specific information) for returning the pachinko machine 10 to the state before the power is turned off, for example, information that can specify the gaming state (probability change flag, time reduction flag, and jackpot flag setting values) ), Information that can identify the progress of the game (measured value of game time described later, number of round games executed in jackpot game, etc.) and winning prizes at the start winning holes 31a, 32a The starting control information (various random values), the operational entrance information (various random values) acquired in response to the entrance to the gate 35a, the command non-output information, etc. are backed up in the main control RAM 60c. Stored in the area.

  Next, in step S108, the main control CPU 60a performs setting for periodically generating timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 7) described later. In this step S108, an interval timer (for example, 4 ms) for measuring an interrupt generation interval is set in a register of a timer circuit (not shown) provided in the main control board 60, and timer interrupt processing is generated. Allow. The main control CPU 60a is configured to execute a control process (to be described later) relating to a game in a timer interrupt process that occurs at regular intervals (4 ms). When the setting of the timer interrupt process in step S108 is completed, the main control CPU 60a repeats the processes in steps S109, S110, S111, and S113 unless the power-off signal is input to the main control board 60. Transition to the state (normal operation state).

  In the command input / output process of step S109, the main control CPU 60a outputs a command set during the normal operation state. The command that can be output in step S109 is a command set in an error information setting / game stop process (step S110) described later or a timer interrupt process (see FIG. 7) described later. Command command, start winning command (described later), jackpot start command (described later) and jackpot end command (described later), release command (described later) and closing command (described later), probability change start command (described later) and probability change end command (Described later), short-time start command (described later) and short-time end command (described later), special figure variation pattern designation command (described later), per-map start command (described later) and per-map end command (described later), There are error specification commands (described later). That is, commands (specifically, a RAM clear designation command, a recovery command, and a power-off command described later) set in the processing of steps S101 to S107 and the processing of step S112 described later are commands that can be output in step S109. Is not included.

  In addition, the main control CPU 60a, in the command input / output process of step S109, outputs commands (full error designation command (described later), full error cancellation command (described later), front frame, which are output by the payout control CPU 61a (payout control board 61). An opening error designation command (described later) and a front frame opening error cancellation command (described later) are input, and the input command is output to the effect control CPU 65a (effect control board 65).

  Next, the main control CPU 60a executes error information setting / game stop processing described later (step S110). In the process of step S110, the main control CPU 60a performs an error information setting process (the process of steps S202 and S203 in FIG. 6) for setting an error designation command in accordance with an error (abnormality) determination, and a specific error (separate error). Game stop processing (processing from step S205 to step S207 in FIG. 6) for stopping the control processing (described later) related to the game is executed in accordance with the determination of (abnormality). Details of the error information setting / game stop processing will be described later.

  When the error information setting / game stop process (step S110) ends, the main control CPU 60a determines whether the value of the power-off flag set in the main control RAM 60c is “1” (step S111). Here, the main control board 60 forces the non-maskable interrupt processing to the main control CPU 60a regardless of the control state of the main control CPU 60a when the power-off signal is input from the power board 59 (when the power is turned off). The set value of the power-off flag stored in the main control RAM 60c is changed from “0” to “1”. When the value of the power-off flag is determined to be “1” in the determination process of step S111 (in the case of an affirmative determination), the main control CPU 60a executes the power-off process (step S112). . On the other hand, when the value of the power-off flag is determined to be “0” (in the case of negative determination), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to the process of step S113 described later.

  In the power-off process (step S112), the main control CPU 60a first sets the timer interrupt process to be prohibited. And main control CPU60a memorize | stores the specific information required in order to restore | restore a gaming state etc. at the time of power recovery in the backup area of main control RAM60c. Here, as specific information stored in the backup area of the main control RAM 60c, for example, information that can specify the game state (setting values of the probability variation flag, the time-short flag, and the big hit flag) and the progress of the game are specified. Possible information (measured value of game time to be described later, number of executed round games during jackpot game, etc.), start winning information acquired according to winning at the start winning ports 31a, 32a (values of various random numbers) ), Operating ball entry information (values of various random numbers) acquired in response to the ball entering the gate opening 35a, unoutput information of commands, and the like. In this power-off process, the main control CPU 60a calculates a RAM determination value (check sum value) that is referred to when power supply from the outside of the apparatus is started, and uses the calculated RAM determination value as a backup area of the main control RAM 60c. To remember.

  The main control CPU 60a sets a power-off command in the power-off processing (step S112) and outputs a power-off command to the effect control CPU 65a, the display control CPU 66a, and the payout control CPU 61a. Then, the main control CPU 60a sets the main control RAM 60c to the access prohibited state in the power-off process. When the main control CPU 60a completes the series of power-off processes described above, the main control CPU 60a enters a loop state (standby state) in which the process is not performed until the voltage value has completely decreased.

  On the other hand, when the value of the power-off flag is determined to be “0” in the determination process of step S111 described above (in the case of negative determination), the main control CPU 60a performs a timer interrupt process (see FIG. 7) described later in step It is determined whether or not the error occurred during the period after the end of the process of S108 or the period after the end of the previous step S113 (step S113). When the main control CPU 60a determines that the timer interrupt process has occurred (in the case of an affirmative determination), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to the command input / output process of step S109 described above. That is, after the timer interrupt process is set in the main process shown in FIG. 5 (step S108), the main control CPU 60a executes the step unless the power-off signal from the power supply board 59 is input to the main control board 60. The normal operation state in which the processes of S109, S110, S111, and S113 are repeatedly executed is entered, and a timer interrupt process is periodically generated (every 4 ms) in the normal operation state. If it is determined that the timer interrupt process has not occurred in the determination process of step S113 (if a negative determination is made), the main control CPU 60a repeatedly executes the determination process of step S113 until the timer interrupt process occurs. . That is, the command input / output process (step S109) and the error information setting / game stop process (step S110) are not executed a plurality of times while the timer interrupt process does not occur (within 4 ms).

(Timer interrupt processing)
Next, timer interrupt processing performed by the main control CPU 60a will be described in detail with reference to FIG. In the timer interrupt process, an error determination process (process of step S301) for determining whether or not an error (abnormality) of the pachinko machine 10 has occurred, and a plurality of types of control processes related to the game (from step S302 to step S311). Each process) is executed.

  The pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment is configured to stop (game stop) the execution of the “game-related control process” according to the result of the error determination process (step S301). In the following description of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 7), the main control CPU 60a will first describe step S302 to step S311 in which the “control process related to game” is executed, and the error determination process in step S301 (see FIG. 8). Details will be described later together with error information setting / game stop processing (see FIG. 6). Here, in the first embodiment, “game” means that the operation handle 16 is operated to fire a pachinko ball, or the fired pachinko ball is introduced to an appropriate position in the game area 20a to enter the entrances 31a, 32a, As a result of winning (entering) 33a, 34a, 35a, and winning (entering) a pachinko ball into the entrance 31a, 32a, 33a, 34a, 35a This refers to the execution of symbol variation effects and the occurrence of winning games). Further, in the first embodiment, “control processing related to a game” refers to control processing necessary for the “game” to be performed in a normal state. In the “control processing relating to the game”, in addition to the processing from step S302 to step S311, for example, drive control processing of the payout motor MT1 executed by the payout control CPU 61a, and drive control of the ball launching solenoid executed by the launch control CPU 62a This includes processing, command setting / input / output processing used to transmit information related to the game, and the execution of these processing is not stopped in the first embodiment. In the first embodiment, when the execution of “control processing relating to game” is stopped, the main control CPU 60a can execute “related to error determination” that can be executed based on the detection of the error detection means SE2, SE3, SE6, SE7, SE8. Execution of the “control processing” is also stopped, and the processing load is reduced.

(Timekeeping process (step S302))
In step S302, the main control CPU 60a executes a time measuring process for measuring a game time (such as a change time) related to the progress of the game. Specifically, the main control CPU 60a determines, as the game time related to the progress of the game, the special figure fluctuation time specified by the special figure fluctuation pattern and the end timing of the special figure fluctuation display to the start timing of the next special figure fluctuation display. Special figure variation interval time, which is the standby time, general figure variation time specified by the common figure variation pattern, and common figure, which is the waiting time from the end timing of the normal diagram variation display to the start timing of the next general diagram variation display Fluctuation interval time, opening time that is the time that the opening effect is performed in the jackpot game, ending time that is the time that the ending effect is performed in the jackpot game, the special electric opening time that is the maximum duration of each round game, and the round Round time, which is the waiting time from the end of the game to the start of the next round game And interval time, and a is Hiroshiden opening time opening time of the second start winning hole 32a in Hiroshizu per game, and is configured to be measured in the time counting process (step S302). In the first embodiment, the special opening / closing member 33b is opened over the period during which the round game is given. However, the special opening / closing member 33b is used during a part of the period during which the round game is given. It may be opened. In this case, in step S302, the maximum duration from the start timing of the round game can be measured, and a part of the maximum duration can be measured as the special electricity release time.

  Further, in the time measuring process in step S302, the main control CPU 60a also measures the time required for each error determination in an error determination process (see FIG. 8) to be described later in addition to the above-described plurality of types of game time. It is like that.

(Detection determination process (step S303))
In step S303, the main control CPU 60a detects the detection sensors (first start prize detection sensor SE1, second start prize detection sensor SE2, special prize detection sensor SE3, ordinary prize detection sensor) electrically connected to the main control CPU 60a. SE4, a gate sensor SE5, a magnetic detection sensor SE6, a radio wave detection sensor SE7, a vibration detection sensor SE8, etc.) are subjected to detection determination processing for determining whether or not a detection signal is input. In this detection determination process, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not each ball detection sensor is in a detection state depending on whether or not detection signals are input from various ball detection sensors SE1, SE2, SE3, SE4, and SE5. And whether or not each error detection sensor is in a detection state depending on whether or not a detection signal is input from various error detection sensors SE6, SE7, SE8 (, SE1, SE2, SE3, SE4). It comes to judge. Of the processing in step S303, each determination process performed for each of the ball detection sensors SE1, SE2, SE3, SE4, and SE5 is a process corresponding to “a control process related to a game”. Here, when the main control CPU 60a determines a detection state (a detection signal is input) among the plurality of ball detection sensors SE1, SE2, SE3, and SE4, the input corresponding to the detection state. It is determined that award balls corresponding to the types of the ball detection sensors SE1, SE2, SE3, SE4 are paid out. Then, the main control CPU 60a sets a prize ball payout command command corresponding to the prize ball decided to be paid out. The set prize ball payout command command is output to the payout control CPU 61a in accordance with the execution of the command input / output process (see FIG. 5).

(About software random number update processing (step S304))
In step S304, the main control CPU 60a uses a special figure determining random number value as a software random number used for determining a special figure jackpot symbol and a software random number used for determining a special figure variation pattern. Used to determine the special figure variation pattern distribution random number value, the random number value for general figure determination as a software random number used to determine the hit pattern of the ordinary figure, and the ordinary figure fluctuation pattern Update the random number for determining the usual pattern variation pattern as the software random number (execute the software random number update process). In this software random number update process, all 101 integer values “0” to “100” as special figure determination random numbers and all “0” to “250” as special figure variation pattern distribution random numbers are used. 251 integer values, all 101 integer values from “0” to “100” as general-purpose decision random numbers, and all 251 from “0” to “250” as random numbers for normal diagram variation pattern distribution Each of the integer values is updated by “1” for each update process. That is, in the first embodiment, every time the timer interrupt process occurs once (every 4 ms), the special figure determining random number, the special figure variation pattern distribution random number, the universal figure determination random number, and the general figure variation pattern distribution Each random value of the random number for use is updated by “1” (if the value before the update is the maximum value, it is updated to the initial value determined as a random value).

  Note that the hardware random number update process for updating each value of the random number for determination per special figure and the random number for determination per universal figure is the random number counter for special figure provided in the random number generation circuit 60d and the determination for the normal figure. Although it is executed by a random number counter, it is one of the “control processes related to the game” but is not stopped in the error information setting / game stop process (see FIG. 6) described later.

(About the game state switching process (step S305))
In step S305, the main control CPU 60a executes a gaming state switching process for switching the gaming state. Specifically, the main control CPU 60a is stored in the main control RAM 60c at the timing of starting the big hit game (the timing at which a predetermined time elapses after the big hit symbol (special drawing) is stopped and displayed as a result of the special figure variation display). The set value of the big hit flag is changed from “0” to “1”, and the set value of the big hit flag is changed from “1” to “0” at the timing when the big hit game is finished. The main control CPU 60a sets a jackpot start command in response to changing the value of the jackpot flag to “1”. On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a sets a jackpot end command in response to changing the value of the jackpot flag to “0”.

  In step S305, the main control CPU 60a changes the set value of the probability change flag stored in the main control RAM 60c from “0” to “1” when starting the probability change state with the end of the big hit game. When the probability variation state ends, the setting value of the probability variation flag is changed from “1” to “0”. The main control CPU 60a sets a probability change start command in response to changing the value of the probability change flag to “1”. On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a sets a probability change end command in response to changing the value of the probability change flag to “0”. Further, in this step S305, the main control CPU 60a changes the setting value of the time reduction flag stored in the main control RAM 60c from “0” to “1” when starting the time reduction state with the end of the big hit game. When the time reduction state is terminated, the setting value of the time reduction flag is changed from “1” to “0”. The main control CPU 60a sets a time reduction start command in response to changing the value of the time reduction flag to “1”. Then, the main control CPU 60a sets a time reduction end command in response to changing the value of the time reduction flag to “0”.

  Further, in step S305, the main control CPU 60a starts a game per universal figure (a timing at which a predetermined time elapses after the normal figure as a symbol per universal figure is stopped and displayed as a result of the variable fluctuation display). The setting value of the flag per base map stored in the main control RAM 60c is changed from “0” to “1”, and the setting value of the flag per base map is changed from “1” to “0” at the timing of ending the game per base map. Change to The main control CPU 60a sets a start command for a normal map in response to changing the value of the normal map flag to “1”. On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a sets an end of normal figure command in response to changing the value of the normal figure hit flag to “0”. Note that the set jackpot start command, jackpot end command, probability variation start command, probability variation end command, short time start command, short time end command, common symbol start command and universal diagram end command are the command input / output processing described above (FIG. 5). Is output to the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a.

(Special drawing input process (step S306))
In step S306, the main control CPU 60a executes special figure input processing relating to special figures. In the special figure input process, the main control CPU 60a determines that the detection signals from the start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2 are input in the detection determination process (step S303) described above (that is, the start winning opening 31a, When a pachinko ball winning to 32a occurs), various random values as starting winning information are acquired and stored in the starting storage area of the main control RAM 60c. Here, as the value of the random number stored in the start storage area of the main control RAM 60c as the start winning information, in addition to the value of the random number for special figure determination (hardware random number) counted by the random number counter for special figure determination In addition, there are software random numbers such as special figure determination random numbers and special figure variation pattern distribution random numbers. The start storage area of the main control RAM 60c includes a start storage area for storing start prize information when it is determined that a detection signal is input from the first start prize detection sensor SE1, and a second start prize detection sensor SE2. The start storage area for storing the start winning information when it is determined that the detection signal is input from each other is set individually, and a predetermined upper limit number (4 in the first embodiment) is set in each start storage area. ) Can be stored (suspended) as start hold information until the corresponding special figure variation display is started in time series. Therefore, if the main control CPU 60a determines that a detection signal is input from the first start winning detection sensor SE1, the start winning information (in the start storage area corresponding to the first start winning detection sensor SE1) ( Check whether the number of stored (start pending information) has reached the upper limit, and only if the upper limit has not been reached, store the new start winning information in the start storage area and the current start storage area Update (add) numerical information indicating the number of stored (number of pending). When the main control CPU 60a determines that a detection signal is input from the second start winning detection sensor SE2, the main control CPU 60a starts start information (starting information) in the start storage area corresponding to the second start winning detection sensor SE2. Check whether the storage number (holding number) of the (holding information) has reached the upper limit, and only when the upper limit has not been reached, store the new start winning information in the start storage area and the current start storage area Updates (adds) numerical information indicating the number of storages (holding number). Further, in the special figure input process (step S306), the number of storages after the change at the timing when the storage number (holding number) of the start winning information (starting hold information) stored in the start storage area of the main control RAM 60c changes. Set a start winning command to specify (holding number) etc. As the start winning command, different commands are set depending on whether the command is output in response to detection by the first start winning detection sensor SE1 or in response to detection by the second start winning detection sensor SE2. . The set start winning command is output to the effect control CPU 65a (and the payout control CPU 61a) in accordance with the execution of the command input / output process (see FIG. 5).

  Although not shown in the figure, the main control CPU 60a is configured to perform the common map input process related to the common map in the same manner as the special figure input process (step S306) described above. In the normal map input process, when it is determined in the above-described detection determination process (step S303) that a detection signal is input from the gate sensor SE5 (ie, when a pachinko ball enters the gate port 35a). In addition, various random number values (random numbers for determination per common figure, random numbers for normal figure determination, and random numbers for normal pattern variation pattern distribution) are obtained and stored in the operation storage area of the main control RAM 60c as the operation entry information. To do. Note that the operation storage area of the main control RAM 60c has a predetermined upper limit number (4 in the first embodiment) as operation hold information when it is determined that a detection signal is input from the gate sensor SE5. ) Can be stored (held) in time series. For this reason, when it is determined that the detection signal is input from the gate sensor SE5, the main control CPU 60a stores the number of pieces of operation entry information (operation hold information) in the operation storage area corresponding to the gate sensor SE5. Check if (holding number) has reached the upper limit, and only if the upper limit has not been reached, store the new working entry information in the working memory area and the current stored number (holding number) in the working memory area ) Is updated (added).

(Special drawing start process (step S307))
In step S307, the main control CPU 60a determines the game content based on the start winning information stored in the main control RAM 60c (based on the values of various random numbers) and starts the special figure variation display (symbol variation effect). Execute start processing. In the special figure start process, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the fluctuation start condition of the special figure fluctuation display is satisfied, and if it is determined that the fluctuation start condition is satisfied, the main control CPU 60a is stored in the start storage area of the main control RAM 60c. The starting winning information (if there are a plurality of starting winning information stored first) is read. Then, the main control CPU 60a updates (subtracts) the numerical information indicating the current storage number (holding number) in the start storage area where the read start winning information is stored. Next, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the value of the random number for determination per special figure in the read start winning information matches the determination value per special figure stored in the main control ROM 60b (special figure). Hit judgment). Here, in the judgment per special figure, in the non-probability change state (when the value of the probability change flag is “0”), the hit determination result is 3275/65536, and in the probability change state (the value of the probability change flag is In the case of “1”), the hit determination result is set with a probability of 9300/65536. Then, when the judgment per special figure becomes a judgment result of detachment, a special figure indicating the detachment is determined as a special figure to be stopped and displayed on the special figure display parts Ma and Mb as a result of the special figure fluctuation display. On the other hand, when the special figure determination is a winning determination result, the special figure determination random number value in the read start winning information is any of the special figure determination determination values stored in the main control ROM 60b. Depending on whether or not, a special figure to be stopped and displayed as a big hit symbol on the special figure display portions Ma and Mb as a result of the special figure variation display is determined from a plurality of types. Next, the main control CPU 60a determines a special figure fluctuation pattern with reference to different fluctuation pattern tables depending on whether the judgment per special figure is a hit judgment result or a judgment result of deviation. Then, the main control CPU 60a sets a special figure fluctuation pattern designation command indicating the determined special figure (type of hit) and the decided special figure fluctuation pattern, and the effect control CPU 65a according to the timing of starting the special figure fluctuation display. Output to. The set special figure variation pattern designation command is output to the effect control CPU 65a in accordance with the execution of the command input / output process (see FIG. 5).

  Although not shown in the figure, the main control CPU 60a is configured to perform the common figure start process related to the common figure in the same manner as the special figure start process (step S307) described above. In the general map start process, the operation entrance information (actual operation such as each value of the random number for determining the general map, the random number for determining the general map, and the random number for distributing the general pattern variation stored in the main control RAM 60c in the general map input process) The operation information stored in the general map display unit Me is stopped and displayed as a result of the normal map change display according to the read operation input information. A pattern is determined, a general-purpose fluctuation pattern designation command is set according to the determined general-purpose figure and the normal-figure fluctuation pattern, and the effect control CPU 65a is set according to the start timing of the normal-figure fluctuation display. Configured to output towards. Further, the main control CPU 60a updates (subtracts) numerical information indicating the current stored number (holding number) in the working storage area in which the read working entry information is stored.

(Display control processing (step S308))
In step S308, the main control CPU 60a performs display control processing for controlling the display contents of the special figure and the general figure on the game information display M (the first and second special figure display parts Ma and Mb, the common figure display part Me). Execute. Specifically, corresponding to the period during which the special figure fluctuation time is measured, the special figure display portions Ma and Mb are turned on and off (switching control) in a light emission mode indicating that the special figure fluctuation display is being performed. At the same time, in accordance with the end of the measurement of the special figure fluctuation time, the special figure display portions Ma and Mb are controlled to be turned on in a light emission mode showing the special figure as a result of the fluctuation display. On the other hand, during the period when the special figure fluctuation time is not measured (including during the big hit game), each of the display parts Ma and Mb shows a light emission mode indicating the special figure stopped as a result of the newest special figure fluctuation display. Maintain the lighting control. Here, the main control CPU 60a is configured to display the special figure hold display portions Mc, Md at the timing when the stored number (hold number) of the start winning information (start hold information) stored in the corresponding start storage area of the main control RAM 60c increases or decreases. The light emission mode indicating the number of on-holds is changed and controlled, and the changed light emission mode is maintained until the next stored number is increased or decreased. Further, in correspondence with the period during which the normal map change time is measured, in a light emission mode indicating that the normal map change display is being performed, the normal map display unit Me is turned on and off (switching control), and In accordance with the end of the measurement of the normal map change time, the general map display unit Me is controlled to be turned on in a light emission mode showing the normal map as a result of the variable display. On the other hand, during the period when the normal map change time is not measured (including during the game per normal map), the normal map display unit Me in the light emission mode showing the normal map stopped and displayed as a result of the previous normal map change display. Continue lighting control. Here, the main control CPU 60a uses the general-purpose hold display unit Mf at a timing when the stored number (holding number) of the operation entry information (operation holding information) stored in the corresponding operation storage area of the main control RAM 60c increases or decreases. Is controlled to change the light emission mode indicating the number of holdings until the next stored number is increased or decreased. Further, the main control CPU 60a displays the state display portion Mg based on the respective values of the probability change flag and the time reduction flag set in the gaming state switching process (step S305) described above (the non-probability change state and the non-time reduction state). The control is performed so that the light emission mode is four types, ie, the probability variation state and time-short state, the probability variation state and non-time-short state, and the non-probability variation state and time-short state. The display information display device M may be controlled to be turned off (hidden) in an error information setting / game stop process (see FIG. 6) described later.

(Regarding the first drive process (step S309))
In step S309, the main control CPU 60a executes a first drive process for driving the start winning solenoid SL1 and opening the start opening / closing member 32b during a period in which a game is given per game. Specifically, the main control CPU 60a switches the start winning solenoid SL1 from the demagnetized state to the excited state at the timing of starting the measurement of the open time of the main power in the above-described timing process (step S302) (the start opening / closing member 32b is changed). And the start winning solenoid SL1 is in an excited state triggered by the passage of the normal opening time in the detection of the specified number of pachinko balls by the second start winning detection sensor SE2 or the measurement in the above-described time measuring process (step S302). Is switched to the demagnetized state (the start opening / closing member 32b is closed). The start winning solenoid SL1 may be switched to a drive stop state (demagnetization state) in error information setting / game stop processing (see FIG. 6) described later.

(About the second driving process (step S310))
In step S310, the main control CPU 60a drives the special winning solenoid SL2 to open the special opening / closing member 33b during a period for granting a big hit game (a period in which the set value of the big hit flag in the main control RAM 60c is “1”). The second driving process to be released is executed. Specifically, the main control CPU 60a performs the special prize solenoid at the timing of starting the measurement of the special electricity release time in the above-described timing process (step S302) (in other words, the timing of finishing the measurement of the opening time and the round interval time). The SL2 is switched from the demagnetized state to the excited state (the special opening / closing member 33b is opened), and a special number of pachinko balls are detected by the special winning detection sensor SE3 or the special electric release time in the measurement in the above-described time measurement process (step S302) As a result, the special winning solenoid SL2 is switched from the excited state to the demagnetized state (the special opening / closing member 33b is closed). Here, the main control CPU 60a sets an opening command indicating that the special opening / closing member 33b is to be opened at the timing of switching the special winning solenoid SL2 from the demagnetized state to the excited state (start timing of each round game). In addition, the main control CPU 60a sets a closing command indicating that the special opening / closing member 33b is closed at the timing of switching the special winning solenoid SL2 from the excited state to the demagnetized state (end timing of each round game). The set opening command and closing command are output to the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a in accordance with the execution of the command input / output process (see FIG. 5). Further, the special winning solenoid SL2 may be switched to a drive stop state (demagnetization state) in error information setting / game stop processing (see FIG. 6) described later.

(About the third driving process (step S311))
In step S311, the main control CPU 60a executes a third drive process for driving the sorting motor MT2 to cause the sorting rotators 27a and 29a of the sorting unit 25 to perform a constant rotation operation. Then, the main control CPU 60a ends the timer interrupt process in response to the end of the process in step S311. In step S311, the main control CPU 60a performs the distribution motor MT2 by the third driving process (step S311) regardless of whether the big hit game is given or in any of the first to fourth game states. To perform a certain rotational movement. The distribution motor MT2 may be switched to a drive stop state (a state where the motor is stopped at the original position) in an error information setting / game stop process (see FIG. 6) described later.

(Error judgment processing)
Next, error determination processing performed by the main control CPU 60a will be described in detail with reference to FIG. In this error determination process, it is determined whether or not an error (abnormality) has occurred in the pachinko machine 10, and when it is determined that the error has occurred, the setting value of the error determination flag corresponding to the error that has occurred is set. It is set to “1”.

(Regarding determination of main board error (step S401))
In step S401, the main control CPU 60a is configured to be able to determine a state in which an abnormality in the hardware random number update process by the random number generation circuit 60d has occurred as a “main board error”. Specifically, the main control CPU 60a confirms (detects) whether or not the random number confirmation signal from the random number generation circuit 60d provided in the main control board 60 is normally input, and the random number confirmation from the random number generation circuit 60d. It is determined that a main board error has occurred in response to detecting an abnormal signal input state. When determining that a main board error has occurred, the main control CPU 60a changes the set value of the main board error determination flag stored in the main control RAM 60c from “0” to “1”. Then, the main control CPU 60a performs processing for avoiding the execution of the determination in step S401 until the power is turned off in response to the case where the set value of the main board error determination flag is changed to “1”. Yes. The set value of the main board error determination flag is referred to in error information setting / game stop processing (see FIG. 6) described later. Here, the main control CPU 60a according to the first embodiment is configured not to determine whether or not the main board error has been resolved. Even if the main board error is resolved, error notification (described later) regarding the main board error is continued until the power is turned off. It is like that. On the other hand, it may be configured to determine whether the main board error has been resolved and to stop the error notification when determining that the main board error has been resolved.

(Regarding determination of magnetic detection sensor error (step S402))
In step S402, the main control CPU 60a is configured to be able to determine the magnetic detection state by the magnetic detection sensor SE6 as a “magnetic detection sensor error”. Specifically, when the main control CPU 60a determines that the detection signal from the magnetic detection sensor SE6 is continuously input for a predetermined time (for example, 300 ms), it is determined that a magnetic detection sensor error has occurred. It has become. When determining that a magnetic detection sensor error has occurred, the main control CPU 60a changes the setting value of the magnetic error determination flag stored in the main control RAM 60c from “0” to “1”. The set value of the magnetic error determination flag is referred to in error information setting / game stop processing (see FIG. 6) described later. Then, the main control CPU 60a performs a game stop process for stopping the execution of the control process relating to the game in response to the value of the magnetic error determination flag being set to “1” (see FIG. 6). ). Here, the main control CPU 60a according to the first embodiment is configured not to determine whether or not the magnetic detection sensor error has been resolved. Even if the magnetic detection sensor error is resolved, an error notification (described later) regarding the magnetic detection sensor error is supplied as a power source. It is supposed to continue until it is interrupted. On the other hand, it may be configured to determine whether the magnetic detection sensor error has been resolved and to stop the error notification when determining that the magnetic detection sensor error has been resolved.

(Regarding radio wave detection sensor error (step S403))
In step S403, the main control CPU 60a is configured to determine the radio wave detection state by the radio wave detection sensor SE7 as “radio wave detection sensor error”. Specifically, when the main control CPU 60a determines that a detection signal from the radio wave detection sensor SE7 has been input a predetermined number of times (for example, 10 times) or more during a predetermined time (for example, 5000 ms), a radio wave detection sensor error occurs. It is determined that it has occurred. When determining that a radio wave detection sensor error has occurred, the main control CPU 60a changes the set value of the radio wave error determination flag stored in the main control RAM 60c from “0” to “1”. The main control CPU 60a performs a process for avoiding the determination in step S403 until the power is turned off in response to changing the set value of the radio wave sensor error determination flag to “1”. . The set value of the radio wave error determination flag is referred to in error information setting / game stop processing (see FIG. 6) described later. Here, the main control CPU 60a of the first embodiment is configured not to determine whether or not the radio wave detection sensor error has been resolved, and even if the radio wave detection sensor error has been resolved, an error notification (described later) regarding the radio wave detection sensor error is cut off. Until it continues. On the other hand, it may be configured to determine whether the radio wave detection sensor error has been resolved and to stop the error notification when determining that the radio wave detection sensor error has been resolved.

(Vibration detection sensor error determination (step S404))
In step S404, the main control CPU 60a is configured to be able to determine the vibration detection state by the vibration detection sensor SE8 as a “vibration detection sensor error”. Specifically, when the main control CPU 60a determines that the detection signal from the vibration detection sensor SE8 is continuously input for a predetermined time (for example, 200 ms), it is determined that a vibration detection sensor error has occurred. It has become. Here, when determining that a vibration detection sensor error has occurred, the main control CPU 60a changes the setting value of the vibration error determination flag stored in the main control RAM 60c from “0” to “1”. The main control CPU 60a performs a process for avoiding the determination in step S404 until the power is turned off in response to changing the set value of the vibration sensor error determination flag to “1”. . Here, the main control CPU 60a according to the first embodiment is configured not to determine whether or not the vibration detection sensor error has been resolved. Even if the vibration detection sensor error is resolved, an error notification (described later) regarding the vibration detection sensor error is disconnected. Until it continues. On the other hand, it may be configured to determine whether the vibration detection sensor error has been resolved and to stop the error notification when determining that the vibration detection sensor error has been resolved.

(About Judgment Prize Error Determination (Step S405))
In step S405, the main control CPU 60a makes a predetermined number of times during a period in which the special winning opening / closing member 33b is closed (a period in which the special winning solenoid SL2 is demagnetized) when the pachinko ball wins (wins) the special winning opening 33a. (In the first embodiment, it is configured to be able to determine the state that has occurred twice as “special prize winning error”). Specifically, the main control CPU 60a detects from the special winning detection sensor SE3 in a period after the timing when the main control CPU 60a finishes the final round game in the big hit game and until the next big hit game is awarded. When it is determined based on the signal that a predetermined number (two times) or more of the special prize opening 33a has been won, it is determined that a special electric prize error has occurred every time a predetermined number of times or more are determined. It has become. Here, the main control CPU 60a is configured to change the setting value of the special power prize error determination flag stored in the main control RAM 60c from “0” to “1” every time it is determined that a special power prize error has occurred. Yes. The set value of the special prize winning error determination flag is referred to in error information setting / game stop processing (see FIG. 6) described later. The pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment is configured such that the effect control CPU 65a ends or continues the notification about the special power prize error (special power prize error notification) in accordance with a predetermined condition (described later). May be configured to continue.

(Regarding the determination of the ordinary power prize error (step S406))
In step S406, the main control CPU 60a receives a pachinko ball from the second start winning opening 32a (wins) during a period in which the start opening / closing member 32b is closed (a period in which the start winning solenoid SL1 is demagnetized). A state in which a predetermined number of times (twice in the first embodiment) has occurred is determined as a “general power prize winning error”. Specifically, the main control CPU 60a detects from the second start winning detection sensor SE2 during a period after the timing at which the main control CPU 60a finishes the game per base figure and until the next base game is given. When it is determined that a predetermined number of times (twice) or more wins to the second start winning opening 32a is determined based on the signal, it is determined that a general power prize error has occurred every time a predetermined number of times or more are determined. It is supposed to be. Here, each time the main control CPU 60a determines that a general power prize error has occurred, the main control CPU 60a changes the setting value of the general power prize error determination flag stored in the main control RAM 60c from “0” to “1”. Has been. Note that the set value of the public power prize error determination flag is referred to in error information setting / game stop processing (see FIG. 6) described later. The pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment is configured such that the effect control CPU 65a ends or continues the notification about the general power prize error (the general power prize error notification) according to a predetermined condition (described later). You may comprise so that alerting | reporting may be continued. When the process of step S406 ends, the main control CPU 60a ends the error determination process, and proceeds to the process (timekeeping process) of step S302 of the timer interrupt process shown in FIG.

(Determination of start prize error (step S407))
In step S407, the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment may determine that a state in which the winning frequency at the first starting winning opening (ball entering) 31a is excessively generated is “start winning error (excess winning error)”. It is configured as follows. Here, the main control CPU (abnormality determination means) 60a performs periodic determination processing (described later) on whether or not a start winning error has occurred periodically (in the embodiment, a unit time of 1 minute (described later)). And the number of pachinko balls won in the first start winning opening 31a generated at a reference time (described later) from the determination time to a predetermined time before (20 minutes before in the first embodiment). Based on. In addition, the main control CPU 60a performs a winning determination process (described later) on whether or not a start winning error has occurred, every time a winning to the first start winning port 31a occurs in the determination target period, and from the determination time point to the previous time. It is configured to perform the determination based on the number of winnings of the pachinko ball to the first start winning opening 31a that has occurred up to the time when the periodic determination process is performed (maximum 1 minute in the first embodiment). In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, whether the start winning error has occurred (periodic determination processing and winning determination processing) is set as a determination target period when the pachinko machine 10 is in the power-on state. In this state, the main control CPU 60a executes.

  Here, the “determination target period” of the start winning error is a period in which the determination whether the start winning error has occurred (periodic determination process) is executed every elapse of a predetermined unit time (1 minute). The main control CPU 60a measures the unit time within the period of “determination target period”. That is, the main control CPU 60a is configured not to measure one unit time across a plurality of “determination target periods”. Further, the main control CPU 60a is configured not to recognize two or more unit times measured in different “determination target periods” as consecutive unit times. This “determination target period” basically starts when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on (the power switch is turned on), and the power of the pachinko machine 10 is stopped (power switch (OFF operation or power failure). In addition, this “determination target period” is triggered by the fact that the main control CPU 60a has executed a setting for prohibiting timer interrupt processing (see error information setting / game stop processing in FIG. 6 to be described later) accompanying the occurrence of a magnetic detection sensor error. In this case, the main control CPU 60a does not start a new determination target period until the power is turned off. Further, this “determination target period” may be terminated when a start winning error occurs, and in this case, the main control CPU 60a detects the measurement value of the unit time or the first start winning detection. The count value of the number of detections by the sensor SE1 is reset (initialized), and a new “determination target period” is immediately started.

  As shown in FIG. 9, the number of times detected by the first start winning detection sensor SE1 (state detection means, first state detection means) is stored in the excessive winning error determination storage unit for determination of the start winning error. A first buffer is provided. The first buffer is provided with a plurality of first storage areas (storage areas) PA1, and each of the first storage areas PA1 can store the number of detections by the first start winning detection sensor SE1. ing. Specifically, the first buffer includes a total of 20 first storage areas PA1 to which area numbers “0000H” to “0013H” are assigned. On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a designates the first storage areas PA1 to be updated by the first start winning detection sensor SE1 one by one according to the conditions, and the detection by the first start winning detection sensor SE1 is performed. Each time it occurs, the number of detections of the first storage area PA1 designated at the time of occurrence of the detection is updated. In the following description, the first storage area PA1 designated by the main control CPU 60a as the update target of the number of detections among the plurality of first storage areas PA1 is referred to as an “update area”, and the other first storage areas It may be distinguished from the area PA1. Then, the main control CPU 60a sets the number of detections stored in one first storage area PA1 (update area), which is an update target of the number of detections, when detection by the first start winning detection sensor SE1 occurs. Based on this, it is configured to determine whether or not a start winning error has occurred (performing a winning determination process). Further, the main control CPU 60a sets the total number of detection times stored in two or more (all 20 in the embodiment) first storage areas PA1 in which the update order (described later) continues every time a predetermined unit time elapses. Based on this, it is configured to determine whether a start winning error has occurred (perform a periodic determination process).

  The main control CPU 60a measures unit time for measuring a unit time (1 minute in the first embodiment) used for determining whether the winning frequency at the first start winning opening 31a is excessive (step in FIG. 10 described later). S502) is executed. Specifically, the main control CPU 60a includes a time counter for measuring time, and the time counter is periodically updated (every 4 ms in the first embodiment) (in the first embodiment, "14999" to "14"). Based on the value up to “0”), it is determined whether the unit time has elapsed (the processing in step S507 in FIG. 10 described later). Here, the main control CPU 60a sets an initial value (“14999” in the first embodiment) as the value of the time counter and starts time measurement by the time counter (processing in step S513 in FIG. 10 described later). After starting the measurement of the unit time (that is, starting the determination target period), unless the magnetic detection sensor error (another abnormality) or the start winning error (predetermined abnormality) occurs, the power of the pachinko machine 10 is Continue to measure unit time continuously until shut off. In this case, the measurement value of the time counter becomes the final value (“0” in the first embodiment) and the measurement of the unit time is started simultaneously with the end of the measurement of the unit time. Here, the main control CPU 60a starts the determination target period when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on (the power switch is turned on) or when a start winning error occurs. It is comprised so that the determination object period start process (process of step S511-S513 in FIG. 10 mentioned later) to be performed may be performed.

  Further, the main control CPU 60a is configured to execute a pointer change process (a process in step S508 in FIG. 10 described later) for changing the first storage area PA1 designated as the update area every time unit time elapses. Note that in the excessive entry error determination storage unit, a pointer storage area PAp for storing a pointer value corresponding one-to-one with any of the plurality of first storage areas PA1 is set, and the main control CPU 60a The first storage area PA1 corresponding to the pointer value of the pointer storage area PAp is designated as the update area (the processing in step S508 and step S511 in FIG. 10 described later). That is, the main control CPU 60a newly designates the first storage area PA1 corresponding to the updated pointer value as the update area by updating (changing) the pointer value stored in the pointer storage area PAp in the pointer change process. It is configured to Here, each time the pointer control process is executed, the main control CPU 60a increments the pointer value corresponding to the integer from the minimum value “0” to the maximum value “19” by one, and next to the maximum value “19”. By returning the value to the minimum value “0”, the update order of the pointer values is circulated. On the other hand, a total of 20 first storage areas PA1 set in the first buffer of the excessive entry error determination storage unit in the main control RAM 60c have pointers from the minimum value “0” to the maximum value “19”. The first storage area PA1 of the area number “0000H” corresponding to “0” that is the minimum value of the pointer value is associated one-to-one with the value in ascending order of the area number. The order in which the first storage area PA1 of the area number “0013H” corresponding to the maximum value “19” is the last rank is determined. As a result, the main control CPU 60a changes the update area for each elapse of unit time in accordance with the update order determined in advance in the plurality of first storage areas PA1, and at the end of the total of the 20 first storage areas PA1. After the first storage area PA1 with the area number “0013H” as the rank is designated as the update area, the update area is designated by specifying the first storage area PA1 with the area number “0000H” as the rank as the update area. The first storage area PA1 designated as is circulated in a total of 20 first storage areas PA1. The main control CPU 60a is configured such that every time the unit time measured by the time counter elapses, the number of detections stored by clearing the first storage area PA1 newly designated as the update area is zero. (Step S514 in FIG. 10 described later). For this reason, the number of times of detection when the first storage area PA1 is newly designated as the update area is 0, and the number of times of detection can be accurately counted.

  The first buffer of the excessive entry error determination storage unit divides the number of detections (total number of times) detected by the first start winning detection sensor SE1 generated during a maximum of 20 minutes into the number of detections per minute for a total of 20 times. The first storage areas PA1 can be stored. On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a may store the oldest number of times of detection among a total of 20 first storage areas PA1 set so that the update order specified in the update area circulates. The first storage area PA1 is designated as a new update area every unit time. That is, when the unit time during measurement has elapsed, the number of detections (the oldest number of detections) from 20 minutes to 19 minutes before that point is stored except within 20 minutes after the start of the determination target period. The first storage area PA1 is designated as a new update area for one minute (unit time) from the time point. The newly designated update area is used after the number of detections is cleared.

  Here, each time the unit time continuously measured by the time counter in the determination target period elapses (every time the pointer value is updated), the main control CPU 60a performs two or more (20 pieces) in which the update order is continuous. It is configured to execute a periodic determination process (the process of step S509 in FIG. 10 described later) for determining whether a start winning error has occurred based on the total number of detection times stored in each first storage area PA1. Yes. Specifically, the main control CPU 60a performs, as a periodic determination process performed at the timing when one minute as a unit time elapses, the first storage area PA1 designated as the update area until immediately before the determination, and the first storage area Two or more first storage areas PA1 (all the first storage areas in the first embodiment) including at least one first storage area PA whose update order is continuous in reverse order with respect to PA1 (continuous in the direction of going back in time) Whether the start winning error has occurred is determined based on whether the total number of detections stored in PA1) exceeds the allowable upper limit number (19 in the first embodiment). That is, the main control CPU 60a determines that the total number of detections by the first start winning detection sensor SE1 that has occurred in 20 minutes (reference time) with the determination time point of the periodic determination process as an end point is the allowable upper limit number (19 times in the first embodiment). It is determined whether or not a start winning error has occurred when the allowable upper limit number is exceeded. Thereby, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the situation where the winning frequency of the pachinko ball with respect to the first start winning opening 31a is continued for a relatively long time (a time longer than one unit time). In addition, it is configured to be able to determine the occurrence of a start winning error that may be fraudulent. When the main control CPU 60a determines the occurrence of the start winning error, the main control CPU 60a changes the set value of the start winning error determination flag (one of the excessive winning error determination flags) stored in the main control RAM 60c from “0” to “ By changing it to “1” (processing in step S510 in FIG. 10 described later), information indicating that a start winning error has occurred is stored.

  In addition, the main control CPU 60a is triggered by the detection by the first start winning detection sensor SE1 in the determination target period, and the number of detections stored in the first storage area PA1 that is the update area (that is, one time during measurement) A detection number update process (processes in steps S503 to S505 in FIG. 10 described later) for updating the detection number in the unit time) is executed, and every time this detection number update process is performed (to the first start winning award 31a). Each time a winning occurs), it is configured to execute a winning determination process (a process in step S506 in FIG. 10 described later) for determining that a start winning error has occurred based on the number of detections stored in the update area. ing. Specifically, the main control CPU 60a performs, as a winning determination process performed every time the detection by the first start winning detection sensor SE1 occurs, the first generated within the unit time measured by the time counter at the time of the determination. It is configured to determine whether the number of times of detection by the start winning detection sensor SE1 (that is, the number of times of detection stored in the update area) exceeds 19 times set as the allowable upper limit number. For this reason, the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment has an early stage at the timing when the winning occurs when a situation occurs in which the number of pachinko balls won for the first start winning opening 31a reaches a large number in a short time in the determination target period. It is configured so that the occurrence of a start winning error can be determined. When the main control CPU 60a determines the occurrence of the start winning error, the main control CPU 60a changes the set value of the start winning error determination flag (one of the excessive winning error determination flags) stored in the main control RAM 60c from “0” to “ By changing to “1” (processing in step S510 in FIG. 10 described later), information indicating that a start winning error has occurred is stored in the main control RAM 60c.

  Next, each process relating to the determination of the start winning error (excessive ball error) by the main control CPU 60a will be specifically described. Note that the main control CPU 60a performs the same processing as the determination of the normal winning error (step S408 in FIG. 8), which will be described later, in the determination of the start winning error (step S407 in FIG. 8). These determinations will be described with reference to FIG. 10 (first determination process).

  When determining whether or not a start winning error (excess pitching error) has occurred, the main control CPU 60a first determines whether or not the time counter has not been set in step S501. Here, the state in which the time counter is set (determination target period) is a state in which the unit time counting process (step S502) using the time counter is periodically performed (every 4 ms). When the main control CPU 60a determines that the time counter is set (in the case of negative determination), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to the unit time counting process in step S502, and subtracts (updates) the value of the time counter. To do. When the time counter is set in step S513, which will be described later, “14999” as the initial value is set as the value, the time counter (step S502) is executed each time (step S502) is executed. The value is subtracted by 1 (every 4 ms) and updated to the initial value “14999” only when the final value “0” is reached. On the other hand, if the main control CPU 60a determines in step S501 that the time counter is not set (in the case of affirmative determination), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to a determination target period start process (steps S511 to S513) described later.

  The main control CPU 60a measures unit time (updates the value of the time counter) in the unit time measurement process (step S502), and then proceeds to step S503. In step S503 to step S505, the main control CPU 60a detects the number of detections stored in the update area (first storage area PA1) in response to detection by the first start winning detection sensor (entrance detection sensor) SE1. The number of times update process is executed. Specifically, in step S503, when it is determined that the detection signal from the first start winning detection sensor SE1 is input based on the determination result in the above-described detection determination process (the process of step S303 in FIG. 7) (Yes) In the case of determination), each process of step S504 and step S505 is executed. Here, in step S504, the main control CPU 60a identifies one of the plurality of first storage areas PA1 as the first storage area PA1 (update area) corresponding to the pointer value stored in the pointer storage area PAp. To do. In step S505, the main control CPU 60a adds 1 (updates) the number of detections by the first start winning detection sensor SE1 stored in the first storage area PA1 (update area) specified in step S504. When the detection frequency update process from step S503 to step S505 ends, the main control CPU 60a proceeds to a winning determination process (step S506) as to whether or not a start winning error has occurred. On the other hand, when the main control CPU 60a determines in the process of step S503 that the detection signal from the first start winning detection sensor SE1 has not been input (in the case of negative determination), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to the process of step S507 described later. To do.

  In step S506, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the number of detections by the first start winning detection sensor SE1 within a unit time (1 minute) during measurement exceeds a predetermined allowable upper limit number (19 times). The winning time determination process is executed. That is, in this step S506, the main control CPU 60a confirms the number of detections stored in the predetermined first storage area PA1 as the update area, and confirms the number of detections (the number of detections within the unit time being measured). Is 19 times or less, it is determined that the number of detections does not exceed the allowable upper limit number (negative determination), and the process proceeds to step S507 described later. On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a determines in step S506 that the number of detections exceeds the allowable upper limit if the number of detected detections (the number of detections within the unit time during measurement) is 20 or more. (Affirmative determination is made), the process proceeds to step S510. That is, the main control CPU 60a is configured to determine that a start winning error has occurred by making an affirmative determination in step S506. When the main control CPU 60a determines that a start winning error has occurred in step S506, the main control CPU 60a determines a start winning error determination flag as one type of an excessive winning error determination flag indicating whether or not the start winning error has occurred. Is set to “1” in step S510. Thereby, the start winning error designation command for the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a is set in step S203 of the error information setting / game stop process (FIG. 6), and the command input / output process (step S109 of FIG. 5) is set. Along with the execution, it is output toward the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a.

  When the main control CPU 60a makes a negative determination in the process of step S503 described above (part of the detection count determination process) or the process of step S506 described above (part of the winning determination process), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to the process of step S507. . In step S507, the main control CPU 60a determines whether the value of the time counter has reached the final value (“0”). Here, when the main control CPU 60a determines in step S507 that the value of the time counter is the final value (that is, when it is determined that the measurement of the unit time has reached 1 minute), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to step S508.

  In step S508, the main control CPU 60a updates the pointer value as the unit time elapses. Note that, as described above, the pointer value is a value for designating one of the first storage areas PA1 as an update area to be updated by the number of detections by the first start winning detection sensor SE1, and the minimum value “ Among the integers from “0” to the maximum value “19”, the values are updated according to a predetermined order. Specifically, after “0” is set as the minimum value in step S511, which will be described later, the pointer value is basically incremented by one each time the process of step S508 is performed, and is the maximum value. Only when it reaches “19”, it is updated to the minimum value “0”. As a result, the update order of the first storage area PA1 circulates corresponding to the value of the pointer. In addition, in Example 1, when it affirmatively determines in step S506 of the winning determination process (when it is determined that a start winning error has occurred), each process of step S507 and step S508 is not performed. If an affirmative determination is made in step S506, the processing in steps S507 and S508 may be executed.

  When the process of step S508 is completed, the main control CPU 60a executes a periodic determination process (step S509) as to whether or not a start winning error has occurred. Here, in step S509, the main control CPU 60a calculates the total number of times of detection by the first start winning detection sensor SE1 stored in the 20 first storage areas, and the total number of times is a predetermined allowable upper limit. It is determined whether or not the number (19 times) has been exceeded. If the total number (the number of detections within the reference time at which the measurement is completed) is 19 or less, it is determined that the total number does not exceed the allowable upper limit (determination is negative), and the process of step S514 described later is performed. Migrate to On the other hand, if the total number of times is 20 or more in step S509, the main control CPU 60a determines that the total number exceeds the allowable upper limit number (positive determination), and proceeds to step S510. That is, the main control CPU 60a generates a start prize error in step S509 depending on whether or not the number of detections by the first start prize detection sensor SE1 in the reference time (20 minutes) exceeds the allowable upper limit number of 19 times. It is configured to determine whether or not it has been done. When the main control CPU 60a determines that a start winning error has occurred in step S509, the main control CPU 60a determines a start winning error determination flag as one type of an excessive winning error determination flag indicating whether or not the start winning error has occurred. Is set to “1” in step S510. Thereby, the start winning error designation command for the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a is set in step S203 of the error information setting / game stop process (FIG. 6), and the command input / output process (step S109 of FIG. 5) is set. Along with the execution, it is output toward the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a. If it is determined in step S506 of the above-described winning determination process that the number of detections exceeds the allowable upper limit number, the total number of detection times to be determined in the periodic determination process also exceeds the allowable upper limit number. Therefore, in the first embodiment, when it is determined that a start winning error has occurred in the winning determination process, it is not determined whether a start winning error has occurred due to the periodic determination process.

  Here, the main control CPU 60a determines that a start winning error has occurred in either the winning determination process (step S506) or the periodic determination process (step S509), and the corresponding excessive winning error determination flag (start winning error) When the determination flag) is set to “1”, a determination target period start process (step S511, step S512, and step S513) that ends the current determination target period and starts a new determination target period is executed. Specifically, in step S511, the main control CPU 60a sets the minimum value “0” as the pointer value, so that the first storage area PA1 designated as the update area corresponding to the pointer value becomes the area number “0000H”. To be the first storage area PA1. Next, in step S512, the main control CPU 60a initializes each first storage area PA1 so that the number of detections stored in all the 20 first storage areas PA1 is zero. Next, in step S513, the main control CPU 60a sets “14999” which is an initial value as the value of the time counter, and starts measurement by the time counter. If an affirmative determination is made in step S501 described above (when the time counter is not set), a determination target period start process is performed as in the case where an affirmative determination is made in step S506 or step S509 (when step S510 is executed). The process proceeds to (Step S511, Step S512, and Step S513), and the determination target period is started.

  The main control CPU 60a executes initialization of the first storage area PA1 newly designated as the update area when it is determined that the start winning error has not occurred in the process of step S509 (when negative determination is made). To do. That is, in step S514, the main control CPU 60a specifies the first storage area PA1 (new update area) corresponding to the new pointer value by updating the pointer value in step S508 described above, and the specified first storage. The number of detections stored in the area PA1 (update area) (that is, the number of detections stored when the previous update area was specified) is cleared. In this case, the main control CPU 60a continues to measure the unit time without clearing the current value of the time counter.

(Regarding the normal winning error determination (step S408))
In step S408, the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment can determine that a state in which the winning frequency at the normal winning opening (pending hole) 34a is excessively generated is “ordinary winning error (excess winning error)”. It is configured. Here, the main control CPU (abnormality determination means) 60a performs periodic determination processing (described later) on whether or not a normal winning error has occurred periodically (in the embodiment, a unit time of one minute (described later) in the determination target period). This is performed based on the number of winnings of the pachinko ball to the normal winning opening 34a generated at a reference time (described later) from the determination time to a predetermined time before (in the first embodiment, up to 20 minutes before). In addition, the main control CPU 60a performs a determination process (described later) on whether or not a normal winning error has occurred every time a winning to the normal winning opening 34a occurs in the determination target period and the previous periodic determination from the determination time point. It is configured to perform based on the number of winnings of the pachinko balls to the normal winning opening 34a that has occurred until the processing is performed (up to 1 minute in the first embodiment). In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the determination as to whether a normal winning error has occurred (periodic determination processing and winning determination processing) is set as a determination target period when the pachinko machine 10 is in the power-on state. In this state, the main control CPU 60a executes. Here, the “determination target period” of the normal winning error is a period in which the determination of whether the normal winning error has occurred (periodic determination processing) is executed every elapse of a predetermined unit time (1 minute). The main control CPU 60a measures the unit time within the period of “determination target period”. Note that the “determination target period” of the normal winning error does not necessarily coincide with the determination target period in which the determination of the start winning error is performed, in that it ends with the occurrence of the normal winning error.

  As shown in FIG. 9, in the excessive winning error determination storage unit, the number of detections by the normal winning detection sensor SE4 (state detecting means, second state detecting means) is stored for determining the normal winning error. A second buffer is provided. The second buffer is provided with a plurality of second storage areas (storage areas) PA2, and each second storage area PA2 can be configured to store the number of detections by the normal winning detection sensor SE4. . Specifically, the second buffer includes a total of twenty second storage areas PA2 to which area numbers “0020H” to “0033H” are assigned. On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a designates the second storage area PA2 to be updated by the number of detections by the normal winning detection sensor SE4 one by one according to the condition, and every time detection by the normal winning detection sensor SE4 occurs. The number of detections of the second storage area PA2 designated at the time of occurrence of the detection is updated. In the following description, the second storage area PA2 designated by the main control CPU 60a as the update target of the number of detections among the plurality of second storage areas PA2 is referred to as an “update area”, and the other second storage area It may be distinguished from the area PA2. Then, the main control CPU 60a, based on the number of detections stored in one second storage area PA2 (update area), which is the target of updating the number of detections, when the detection by the normal winning detection sensor SE4 occurs. The system is configured to determine whether or not a normal winning error has occurred (perform winning time determination processing). Further, the main control CPU 60a counts the total number of detection times stored in two or more (all 20 in the first embodiment) second storage areas PA2 in which the update order (described later) continues every time a predetermined unit time elapses. Based on the above, it is configured to determine whether a normal winning error has occurred (perform a periodic determination process).

  The main control CPU 60a measures a unit time for measuring a unit time (1 minute in the first embodiment) used for determining whether or not the winning frequency at the normal winning opening 34a is excessive (the process of step S502 in FIG. 10). Is configured to run. Specifically, the main control CPU 60a includes a time counter for measuring time separately from the time counter used for the determination of the start winning error described above, and the time counter is periodically (4 ms in the first embodiment). Whether or not the unit time has elapsed is determined based on the value updated every (the value from “14999” to “0” in the first embodiment) (processing in step S507 in FIG. 10). Here, the main control CPU 60a sets an initial value (“14999” in the first embodiment) as the value of the time counter, and starts time measurement by the time counter (processing in step S513 in FIG. 10). After the time measurement is started (that is, the determination target period is started), the pachinko machine 10 is turned off unless a magnetic detection sensor error (another abnormality) or the normal prize error (a predetermined abnormality) occurs. Continue to measure the unit time continuously. In this case, the measurement value of the time counter becomes the final value (“0” in the first embodiment) and the measurement of the unit time is started simultaneously with the end of the measurement of the unit time. Here, the main control CPU 60a starts the determination target period when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on (the power switch is turned on) or when a normal winning error occurs. It is comprised so that the determination object period start process (process of step S511-S513 in FIG. 10) to perform may be performed.

  Further, the main control CPU 60a is configured to execute a pointer change process (the process of step S508 in FIG. 10) for changing the second storage area PA2 designated as the update area every time unit time elapses. Note that in the excessive entry error determination storage unit, a pointer storage area PAp for storing a pointer value corresponding one-to-one with any of the plurality of second storage areas PA2 is set, and the main control CPU 60a The second storage area PA2 corresponding to the pointer value of the pointer storage area PAp is designated as an update area (the processing in step S508 and step S511 in FIG. 10 described later). That is, the main control CPU 60a newly designates the second storage area PA2 corresponding to the updated pointer value as an update area by updating (changing) the pointer value stored in the pointer storage area PAp in the pointer change process. It is configured to Here, each time the pointer control process is executed, the main control CPU 60a increments the pointer value corresponding to the integer from the minimum value “0” to the maximum value “19” by one, and next to the maximum value “19”. By returning the value to the minimum value “0”, the update order of the pointer values is circulated. On the other hand, a total of 20 second storage areas PA2 set in the second buffer of the excessive entry error determination storage unit correspond to the pointer values from the minimum value “0” to the maximum value “19”. The area numbers are associated one by one in ascending order, and the second storage area PA2 with the area number “0020H” corresponding to “0” which is the minimum value of the pointer value is set as the head rank, and the maximum value of the pointer value is obtained. The order in which the second storage area PA2 of the area number “0033H” corresponding to “19” is the last rank is determined. As a result, the main control CPU 60a changes the update area every time the unit time elapses according to a predetermined order in the plurality of second storage areas PA2, and at the end of the total of the 20 second storage areas PA2. After specifying the second storage area PA2 with the area number “0033H” as the update area, the second storage area PA2 with the area number “0020H” as the head rank is designated as the update area. The designated second storage area PA2 is circulated in a total of 20 second storage areas PA2. The main control CPU 60a is configured such that every time a unit time measured by the time counter elapses, the number of detections stored by clearing the second storage area PA2 newly designated as the update area is zero. (The process of step S514 in FIG. 10). For this reason, the number of times of detection when the second storage area PA2 is newly designated as the update area is 0, so that the number of times of detection can be accurately counted.

  Here, every time the unit time measured by the time counter in the determination target period elapses (every time the pointer value is updated), the main control CPU 60a moves to the second storage area PA2 that has been designated as the update area until immediately before. Periodic determination processing for determining whether or not a normal winning error has occurred based on the total number of detection times stored in each of two or more (20) second storage areas PA2 in which the update order continues (in FIG. 10) The process of step S509) is executed. In addition, the main control CPU 60a is triggered by the detection by the normal winning detection sensor SE4 in the determination target period, and the number of detections stored in the second storage area PA2 that is the update area (that is, one unit time during measurement) Each time the detection number update process (the processes in steps S503 to S505 in FIG. 10) is performed and the detection number update process is performed (every time a winning to the normal winning opening 34a occurs). ), Winning determination processing (processing of step S506 in FIG. 10) for determining whether or not a normal winning error has occurred based on the number of detections stored in the update area is executed. Then, when the main control CPU 60a determines the occurrence of a normal winning error in the winning determination process or the periodic determination process, a normal winning error determination flag (one type of excessive winning error determination flag) stored in the main control RAM 60c. Is changed from “0” to “1” (step S510 in FIG. 10), information indicating that a normal winning error has occurred is stored in the main control RAM 60c.

  Next, each process relating to the determination of the normal winning error (excessive winning error) by the main control CPU 60a will be specifically described with reference to FIG.

  The main control CPU 60a first determines whether or not the time counter has not been set in step S501 when determining whether or not a normal winning error (excessive winning error) has occurred. Here, the state in which the time counter is set (determination target period) is a state in which the unit time counting process (step S502) using the time counter is periodically performed (every 4 ms). When the main control CPU 60a determines that the time counter is set (in the case of negative determination), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to the unit time counting process in step S502, and subtracts (updates) the value of the time counter. To do. When the time counter is set in step S513, which will be described later, “14999” as the initial value is set as the value, the time counter (step S502) is executed each time (step S502) is executed. The value is subtracted by 1 (every 4 ms) and updated to the initial value “14999” only when the final value “0” is reached. On the other hand, if the main control CPU 60a determines in step S501 that the time counter is not set (in the case of affirmative determination), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to a determination target period start process (steps S511 to S513) described later.

  The main control CPU 60a measures unit time (updates the value of the time counter) in the unit time measurement process (step S502), and then proceeds to step S503. In step S503 to step S505, the main control CPU 60a updates the number of detections for updating the number of detections stored in the update area (second storage area PA2) in response to detection by the normal winning detection sensor (ball detection sensor) SE4. Execute the process. Specifically, in step S503, when it is determined that the detection signal from the normal winning detection sensor SE4 is input based on the determination result in the above-described detection determination process (the process of step S303 in FIG. 7) (positive determination) In the case), each process of step S504 and step S505 is executed. Here, in step S504, the main control CPU 60a identifies one of the plurality of second storage areas PA2 as the second storage area PA2 (update area) corresponding to the pointer value stored in the pointer storage area PAp. To do. Further, in step S505, the main control CPU 60a adds 1 (updates) the number of detections by the normal winning detection sensor SE4 stored in the second storage area PA2 (update area) specified in step S504. When the detection count update process from step S503 to step S505 ends, the main control CPU 60a proceeds to a winning determination process (step S506) as to whether or not a normal winning error has occurred. On the other hand, when the main control CPU 60a determines that the detection signal from the normal winning detection sensor SE4 is not input in the process of step S503 (in the case of negative determination), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to the process of step S507 described later.

  In step S506, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the number of detections by the normal winning detection sensor SE4 within a unit time (1 minute) during measurement exceeds a predetermined allowable upper limit number (29 times). Execute time determination processing. That is, in this step S506, the main control CPU 60a confirms the number of detections stored in the predetermined second storage area PA2 as the update area, and confirms the number of detections (the number of detections within the unit time being measured). Is 29 times or less, it is determined that the number of detections does not exceed the allowable upper limit number (negative determination), and the process proceeds to step S507 described later. On the other hand, in step S506, the main control CPU 60a determines that the number of detections exceeds the allowable upper limit number if the confirmed number of detections (the number of detections within the unit time during measurement) is 30 times or more. (Affirmative determination is made), the process proceeds to step S510. That is, the main control CPU 60a is configured to determine that a normal winning error has occurred by making an affirmative determination in step S506. When the main control CPU 60a determines the occurrence of the normal winning error in step S506, the main control CPU 60a determines the normal winning error determination flag as one type of the excessive winning error determination flag indicating whether or not the normal winning error has occurred. Is set to “1” in step S510. As a result, a normal winning error designation command directed to the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a is set in step S203 of the error information setting / game stop process (FIG. 6), and the command input / output process (step S109 in FIG. 5). Along with the execution, it is output toward the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a.

  When the main control CPU 60a makes a negative determination in the process of step S503 described above (part of the detection count determination process) or the process of step S506 described above (part of the winning determination process), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to the process of step S507. . In step S507, the main control CPU 60a determines whether the value of the time counter has reached the final value (“0”). Here, when the main control CPU 60a determines in step S507 that the value of the time counter is the final value (that is, when it is determined that the measurement of the unit time has reached 1 minute), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to step S508.

  In step S508, the main control CPU 60a updates the pointer value as the unit time elapses. Note that, as described above, the pointer value is a value for designating one of the second storage areas PA2 as an update area for which the number of times of detection by the normal winning detection sensor SE4 is updated, and the minimum value “0”. To the maximum value “19”, the values are updated according to a predetermined order. Specifically, after “0” is set as the minimum value in step S511, which will be described later, the pointer value is basically incremented by one each time the process of step S508 is performed, and is the maximum value. Only when it reaches “19”, it is updated to the minimum value “0”. As a result, the update order of the second storage area PA2 circulates corresponding to the value of the pointer. In addition, in Example 1, when it affirmation determinates in step S506 of the determination process at the time of winning (when it is determined that a normal winning error has occurred), each process of step S507 and step S508 is not performed. If an affirmative determination is made in step S506, the processing in steps S507 and S508 may be executed.

  When the process of step S508 is completed, the main control CPU 60a executes a periodic determination process (step S509) as to whether or not a normal winning error has occurred. Here, in step S509, the main control CPU 60a calculates the total number of times of detection by the normal winning detection sensor SE4 stored in the 20 first storage areas, and the total number of times is an allowable upper limit number ( 29 times) is determined. If the total number (the number of detections within the reference time at which the measurement is completed) is 29 times or less, it is determined that the total number does not exceed the allowable upper limit number (negative determination), and the process of step S514 described later Migrate to On the other hand, if the total number of times is 30 or more in step S509, the main control CPU 60a determines that the total number exceeds the allowable upper limit number (affirmative determination), and proceeds to step S510. That is, in step S509, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not a normal winning error has occurred depending on whether or not the number of detections by the normal winning detection sensor SE4 in the reference time (20 minutes) exceeds the allowable upper limit of 29 times. It is configured to determine whether or not. When the main control CPU 60a determines the occurrence of the normal winning error in step S509, the main control CPU 60a determines the normal winning error determination flag as one of the excessive winning error determination flags indicating whether or not the normal winning error has occurred. Is set to “1” in step S510. As a result, a normal winning error designation command directed to the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a is set in step S203 of the error information setting / game stop process (FIG. 6), and the command input / output process (step S109 in FIG. 5). Along with the execution, it is output toward the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a. If it is determined in step S506 of the above-described winning determination process that the number of detections exceeds the allowable upper limit number, the total number of detection times to be determined in the periodic determination process also exceeds the allowable upper limit number. Therefore, when it is determined that a normal winning error has occurred in the winning determination process, it is determined not to determine whether a start winning error has occurred by the periodic determination process.

  Here, the main control CPU 60a determines that a normal winning error has occurred in either the winning determination process (step S506) or the regular determination process (step S509), and the corresponding excessive winning error determination flag (normal winning error) When the determination flag) is set to “1”, a determination target period start process (step S511, step S512, and step S513) that ends the current determination target period and starts a new determination target period is executed. Specifically, in step S511, the main control CPU 60a sets the minimum value “0” as the pointer value, so that the second storage area PA2 designated as the update area corresponding to the pointer value becomes the area number “0020H”. The second storage area PA2 is set. Next, in step S512, the main control CPU 60a initializes each second storage area PA2 so that the number of detections stored in all the 20 second storage areas PA2 is zero. Next, in step S513, the main control CPU 60a sets “14999” which is an initial value as the value of the time counter, and starts measurement by the time counter. If an affirmative determination is made in step S501 described above (when the time counter is not set), the determination target period starts as in the case where an affirmative determination is made in step S506 or step S509 (when step S510 is executed). It shifts to processing (Step S511, Step S512, and Step S513), and starts a judgment object period.

  Note that the main control CPU 60a initializes the second storage area PA2 newly designated as the update area when it is determined that a normal winning error has not occurred in the processing of step S509 (when negative determination is made). To do. That is, in step S514, the main control CPU 60a specifies the second storage area PA2 (new update area) corresponding to the new pointer value by updating the pointer value in step S508 described above, and the specified second storage. The number of detections stored in the area PA2 (update area) (that is, the number of detections stored when designated in the previous update area) is cleared. In this case, the main control CPU 60a continues to measure the unit time without clearing the current value of the time counter.

(Error information setting / game stop processing)
Next, error information setting / game stop processing performed by the main control CPU 60a will be described in detail with reference to FIG. In this error information setting / game stop process, if the occurrence of any error (abnormality) of the pachinko machine 10 is determined in the error determination process (see FIG. 8) described above, a command including error information relating to the occurrence of the error When it is determined that a specific error (magnetic sensor error in the first embodiment) has occurred in the error information setting process (steps S202 and S203) and the error determination process (see FIG. 8). In addition, a game stop process (process from step S205 to step S207) for stopping the control process related to the game is executed.

  In step S201, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 7) is prohibited. The timer interrupt process can be prohibited in a game stop process described later after it is set to occur every predetermined time (every 4 ms) in the process of step S108 in the main process (see FIG. 5). ing. If it is determined in step S201 that the timer interrupt process is prohibited (in the case of affirmative determination), the main control CPU 60a ends the error information setting / game stop process, and the main process (FIG. 5)), the process proceeds to step S111. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S201 that the timer interrupt process is not prohibited (in the case of negative determination), the process proceeds to the error information setting process in steps S202 and S203.

(Error information setting process (steps S202 and S203))
In the error information setting process (steps S202 and S203), the main control CPU 60a first checks the set values of the plurality of types of error determination flags stored in the main control RAM 60c, and the value of any error determination flag is determined. It is determined whether it is “1” (step S202). Specifically, the main control CPU 60a, the error determination flag stored in the main control RAM 60c, a main board error determination flag, a magnetic error determination flag, a radio wave error determination flag, a vibration error determination flag, a special electric prize award error determination flag, Each value of the general electric winning error determination flag, the start winning error determination flag and the normal winning error determination flag is confirmed, and it is determined whether or not the value of each error determination flag is “1”. When the set value of any error determination flag is “1” (in the case of an affirmative determination), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to the process of step S203. On the other hand, when the set values of all the error determination flags are “0” (in the case of negative determination), the main control CPU 60a ends the error information setting / game stop processing, and the main processing (see FIG. 5). The process proceeds to step S111 in FIG.

  In step S203, the main control CPU 60a identifies an error determination flag whose set value is “1”, and sets an error designation command corresponding to the identified error determination flag. The set error designation command is output to the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a in accordance with the execution of the command input / output process (see FIG. 5) described above. That is, when the value of the main board error determination flag is set to “1”, the main control CPU 60a sends a main board error designation command corresponding to the main board error determination flag to the other control CPUs 61a and 65a. It is designed to output. Similarly, when the value of the magnetic error determination flag is set to “1”, the main control CPU 60a outputs a magnetic error designation command corresponding to the magnetic error determination flag to the other control CPUs 61a and 65a. When the value of the radio wave error determination flag is set to “1”, a radio wave error designation command corresponding to the radio wave error determination flag is output to the other control CPUs 61a and 65a, and the vibration error determination flag Is set to “1”, a vibration error designation command corresponding to the vibration error determination flag is output to the other control CPUs 61a and 65a. Further, when the value of the special power prize error determination flag is set to “1”, the main control CPU 60a sends a special power prize error designation command corresponding to the special power prize error determination flag to the other control CPUs 61a and 65a. When the value of the general power prize error determination flag is set to “1”, a general power prize error designation command corresponding to the general power prize error determination flag is directed to the other control CPUs 61a and 65a. It is designed to output. Further, when the value of the start prize error determination flag is set to “1”, the main control CPU 60a sends a start prize error designation command corresponding to the start prize error determination flag to the other control CPUs 61a and 65a. At the same time, when the value of the normal winning error determination flag is set to “1”, the normal winning error designation command corresponding to the normal winning error determination flag is output to the other control CPUs 61a and 65a. It has become. When the process of step S203 ends, the main control CPU 60a proceeds to step S204.

  Here, when the error designation command set in the process of step S203 is output in accordance with the execution of the command input / output process (see FIG. 5) by the main control CPU 60a, the payout control CPU 61a that has inputted the error designation command, In addition to specifying the type of error according to the command, an information signal (9th information signal described later) relating to the security corresponding to the specified error is sent via the output terminal (output terminal 9 described later) of the external information output terminal board 63. Output to the hall computer. The presentation control CPU 65a that has input the error designation command specifies the type of error in accordance with the command, and sends an error notification for notifying the occurrence of the specified error to a predetermined notification means (specifically, symbol display). The display unit 17a, the speaker 18, and the frame lamp 19) of the device 17 are configured to be executed.

  When the error information setting process (step S202 and step S203) is completed, the main control CPU 60a sets the value of the magnetic error determination flag corresponding to the magnetic detection sensor error as the specific error to “1” in the determination process of step S204. Determine if there is. If the value of the magnetic error determination flag is determined to be “0” in step S204 (in the case of negative determination, the value of the error determination flag corresponding to any error other than the magnetic detection sensor error is “1”. ”), The main control CPU 60a proceeds to the process of step S208. On the other hand, when the value of the magnetic error determination flag is determined to be “1” (in the case of an affirmative determination), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to a game stop process from step S205 to step S207.

(About the game stop process (steps S205 to S207))
In the game stop process (from step S205 to step S207), the main control CPU 60a first performs prohibition setting of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 7) (step S205). That is, the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment controls each control executed in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 7) when it is determined in the error determination process (see FIG. 8) that a magnetic detection sensor error has occurred. It is configured to stop the execution of the process (stop the game). As a result, in relation to various electrical components electrically connected to the main control CPU 60a, as shown in FIG. 4, the detection states of the detection sensors SE1, SE2, SE3, SE4, SE5, SE6, SE7, SE8 ( The main control CPU 60a cannot determine whether a detection signal is input), and the driving of the driving means SL1, SL2, and MT2 is stopped. As shown in FIG. 4, the detection sensors SE9, SE10, and SE11 remain in the state in which the detection state can be determined in relation to various electrical components that are electrically connected to the payout control CPU 61a and the launch control CPU 62a. Thus, the drive control of the payout motor MT1 is not stopped.

  Specifically, in this step S205, the main control CPU 60a performs control processing to update the values of various random numbers used for determining a symbol (special symbol, general symbol) and a variation pattern corresponding to the symbol as control processing relating to the game. Stops execution of processing (software random number update processing). The main control CPU 60a also performs control processing (game detection processing, special drawing input processing, special drawing based on detection of pachinko balls by the ball detection sensors SE1, SE2, SE3, SE4, SE5 as control processing related to the game. The execution of the start process and the general map input process and the general map start process (not shown) is stopped. Further, the main control CPU 60a, as a control process relating to the game, includes a time control process (time process) for measuring the game time, a display control process for the game information display M, and a first one relating to the various drive means SL1, SL2, MT2. -The execution of the third drive process is stopped. Furthermore, the main control CPU 60a performs control processing (detection determination processing or error determination) based on detection of various states by the error detection sensors SE1, SE2, SE3, SE4, SE6, SE7, SE8 as control processing related to error determination. (Process) is stopped.

  That is, in the process of step S205, the main control CPU 60a performs a timing process, a detection determination process, a software random number update process, a special figure input process, a special figure start process, a display control process, and a first to a first control process as a control process related to the game. By stopping the execution of each of the three driving processes, the game shifts to a state where the game cannot be normally performed, and the state continues until the power is turned off (even if the magnetic detection sensor error is resolved, it continues until the power is turned off. ) However, the specific information that can be backed up is stored and held in the regular storage area of the main control RAM 60c until the power is turned off, and is written and stored in the backup area when the power is turned off. By executing the timer interrupt process setting process (the process of step S108 in the main process of FIG. 5) at the time of restart (power-on), before the game is stopped (before the execution of each control process is stopped in step S205). ) Can be restored.

  In addition, the main control CPU 60a disables the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 7) in the process of step S205, and various error detection sensors SE1, SE2, and so on in the detection determination process (step S303 in FIG. 7). By stopping execution of the determination as to whether or not SE3, SE4, SE6, SE7, and SE8 are in a detection state, and stopping execution of the determination of whether various errors have occurred in the error determination process (step S301 in FIG. 7) Even if a new error occurs, the occurrence of the error cannot be identified. That is, after determining that a magnetic detection sensor error has occurred as a specific error (another abnormality), the main control CPU 60a continuously performs processing such as error notification accompanying the specific error (magnetic detection sensor error). Therefore, in the process of step S205, the execution of the detection determination process and the error determination process as the control processes related to the error determination is stopped, thereby ignoring the occurrence of other errors.

  Here, in the first embodiment, among the processes executed by the main control CPU 60a, the detection determination process (step S303 in FIG. 7) is incorporated in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 7) as described above, and the process in step S205. Execution is stopped at. On the other hand, the command input / output process (step S109 in FIG. 5) in which the main control CPU 60a inputs / outputs a command is not incorporated in the timer interrupt process, and in the game stop process (from step S205 to step S207). Even after the timer interrupt process (step S205) is prohibited, the command input / output process can be executed in the main process. Thereby, at the timing after the main control CPU 60a determines the occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error, the detection signal input from the entrance detection sensors SE1, SE2, SE3, SE4 to the main control CPU 60a is confirmed by the detection determination process. Therefore, even if the pachinko ball wins (enters) the entrance 31a, 32a, 33a, 34a, the payout of the winning ball due to winning after the determination of the occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error by the main control CPU 60a is not possible. Does not occur (does not execute). On the other hand, at the timing before the main control CPU 60a determines the occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error, the pachinko ball wins (enters) the entrance 31a, 32a, 33a, 34a, and the award ball payout command command is set. In this case, even after the timer interrupt process (step S205) is prohibited, the prize ball payout command command is output to the payout control CPU 61a and the prize ball (that is, at the time of occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error). Unpaid balls) are paid out.

  Note that the full detection sensor SE9 and the front frame release detection sensor SE10 are connected to a payout control CPU 61a, which will be described later, and even after the main control CPU 60a executes the process of step S205, the payout control CPU 61a is full or the front frame is released. It is configured so that the occurrence of an error can be determined.

  When the process of step S205 ends, the main control CPU 60a executes a process of hiding the game information display M in step S206. That is, when the execution of the display control process (step S308 in FIG. 7) is stopped in the above-described step S205, the game information display device M displays each of the display units Ma, Mb, Mc, Md, Me, Mf, and Mg. There is a possibility that all or any of them may stop lighting. Therefore, the main control CPU 60a forcibly controls the display portions Ma, Mb, Mc, Md, Me, Mf, and Mg to be turned off in step S206.

  When the process of step S206 is completed, the main control CPU 60a executes deactivation of the start winning solenoid SL1, the special winning solenoid SL2, and the sorting motor MT2 as driving means in step S207. That is, the start winning solenoid SL1 and the special winning solenoid SL2 are stopped when the execution of the first drive process (step S309 in FIG. 7) and the second drive process (step S310 in FIG. 7) is stopped in step S205 described above. One or both of the start winning solenoid SL1 and the special winning solenoid SL2 are maintained in an excited state, and one or both of the start opening / closing member 32b and the special opening / closing member 33b may remain open. In addition, when the execution of the third drive process (step S311 in FIG. 7) is stopped in step S205 described above, the sorting motor MT2 may stop at the operating position displaced from the original position. . In view of this, in step S207, the main control CPU 60a cuts off the energization to the start winning solenoid SL1 and the special winning solenoid SL2 to demagnetize it, and moves the distribution motor MT2 to the original position to cut off the energization. .

  When a negative determination is made in the determination process of step S204 described above, and when the game stop process from steps S205 to S207 described above is terminated, the main control CPU 60a sets the values of all error determination flags to “0”. (Step S208). When the process of step S208 ends, the main control CPU 60a ends the error information setting / game stop process, and proceeds to the process of step S111 in the main process (see FIG. 5).

(About the payout control board 61)
Next, the payout control board 61 will be described. As shown in FIG. 3, the payout control board 61 has a payout control CPU 61a for executing control processing, a payout control ROM 61b for storing a control program executed by the payout control CPU 61a, and writing of data necessary for processing of the payout control CPU 61a. A payout control RAM 61c that can be read out is provided. As shown in FIG. 4, the payout control CPU 61a is electrically connected to detection sensors such as the payout detection sensor SE11 and the full detection sensor SE9, and opens the front frame via a predetermined circuit provided on the launch control board 62. It is electrically connected to the detection sensor SE10, and is configured to input detection signals from the respective detection sensors and to determine whether or not the detection signals are input. Further, the payout control CPU 61a is electrically connected to a payout motor MT1 as drive means for rotating the payout sprocket (not shown) to pay out a pachinko ball (prize ball), and drives and controls the payout motor MT1. It is configured to Further, as shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, the payout control CPU 61a is electrically connected to the prize ball remaining number display 51, and is configured to control the display content (light emission mode) of the prize ball remaining number display 51. Has been. Further, as shown in FIG. 3, the payout control CPU 61a is electrically connected to the external information output terminal board 63, and through each of a plurality of output terminals provided in the external information output terminal board 63, the pachinko machine 10 is configured to output an information signal indicating various types of information toward the outside of the machine (hall computer).

  Here, in the first embodiment, the payout control CPU 61a drives the ball payout device (ball payout means) 12B based on the input of the payout information signal (prize ball payout command command) from the main control CPU (payout information output means) 60a. It functions as a payout control means for controlling. Further, the payout control CPU 61a functions as an external output means capable of outputting information signals relating to games from the output terminal of the external information output terminal board 63 to the outside of the machine. Further, the payout control CPU 61a determines whether or not the detection by the full detection sensor SE9 and the front frame opening detection sensor SE10 as error detection means (another state detection means) different from the magnetic detection sensor (state detection means) SE6 has occurred. It functions as a detection determination unit different from the main control CPU 60a that can execute a detection determination process (a detection determination process different from the detection determination process executed by the main control CPU 60a). Also, the payout control CPU 61a executes a process for determining whether a full error has occurred based on the detection of the full detection sensor SE9, and whether a front frame release error has occurred based on the detection of the front frame release detection sensor SE10. It functions as an abnormality determination means for executing determination processing.

(Regarding control regarding payout of prize balls and display of the number of prize balls remaining)
Based on the input of the prize ball payout command command from the main control CPU 60a, the payout control CPU 61a stores a value corresponding to the number of prize balls specified by the prize ball payout command command in the storage area of the payout control RAM 61c. The value is added to the value corresponding to the number of pachinko balls to be paid out (remaining number of prize balls). The payout control CPU 61a drives and controls the payout motor MT1 to rotate the payout sprocket when the value of the remaining number of prize balls stored in the payout control RAM 61c indicates the number of prize balls of 1 or more. Pachinko balls (prize balls) according to the remaining number are paid out. Further, the payout control CPU 61a executes a detection determination process for determining whether or not a detection signal is input from the payout detection sensor SE11, and determines that a detection signal is input from the payout detection sensor SE11 in the detection determination process. In this case, 1 is subtracted from the value of the remaining number of prize balls stored in the storage area of the payout control RAM 61c. Then, the payout control CPU 61a updates the display content of the remaining number of prize balls on the prize ball remaining number display 51 every time the value of the number of remaining prize balls stored in the storage area of the payout control RAM 61c increases or decreases. It is like that.

(About full error)
The payout control CPU 61a is configured to determine the continuous detection state by the full detection sensor SE9 as a “full error”. Specifically, the payout control CPU 61a executes a detection determination process for determining whether or not a detection signal is input from the full detection sensor SE9, and a detection signal is input from the full detection sensor SE9 in the detection determination process. Is determined to have occurred for a predetermined time (for example, 1000 ms), it is determined that a full error has occurred. When the payout control CPU 61a determines that a full error has occurred, the payout control CPU 61a changes the set value of the full error determination flag stored in the payout control RAM 61c from “0” to “1”. Then, in response to changing the set value of the full error determination flag to “1”, the drive control of the payout motor MT1 is stopped. That is, when determining that a full error has occurred, the payout control CPU 61a shifts the payout motor MT1 to a state in which drive control is not performed regardless of whether or not the remaining number of prize balls is one or more. In this case, the value of the remaining number of prize balls is stored and held in the payout control RAM 61c, and the display of the number of remaining prize balls on the prize ball remaining number display 51 is continued. The payout control CPU 61a does not stop the drive control of the payout motor MT1 even if an error designation command is input from the main control CPU 60a (even if the main control CPU 60a determines that an error has occurred).

  In addition, when the payout control CPU 61a changes the setting value of the full error determination flag to “1” in response to determining that a full error has occurred, there is a state in which no detection signal is input from the full detection sensor SE9. When it has continued for a predetermined time (for example, 200 ms), it is determined that the full error has been resolved, and the setting value of the full error determination flag stored in the payout control RAM 61c is changed from “1” to “0”. Then, in response to the setting value of the full error determination flag being changed to “0”, the execution of the drive control of the payout motor MT1 is resumed.

  The payout control CPU 61a sets a full error designation command in response to the setting value of the full error determination flag being changed from “0” to “1”, and outputs the command to the effect control CPU 65a. A full error cancel command is set in response to the setting value of the full error determination flag being changed from “1” to “0”, and is output to the effect control CPU 65a. It should be noted that the full error designation command and the full error cancel command output from the payout control CPU 61a are input to the main control CPU 60a of the main control board 60, and then executed by the main control CPU 60a (main processing in FIG. 5). In step S109), the output is output to the effect control CPU 65a. In contrast, the full error designation command and the full error cancel command may be input to the effect control CPU 65a of the effect control board 65 without being input to the main control CPU 60a.

(About front frame opening error)
The payout control CPU 61a receives a detection signal from the front frame opening detection sensor SE10 wired to the launch control board 62, and the payout control CPU 61a detects the detection state by the front frame opening detection sensor SE10. It is configured to be able to determine as “front frame opening error”. Specifically, the payout control CPU 61a executes a detection determination process for determining whether or not a detection signal is input from the front frame opening detection sensor SE10, and the detection signal from the front frame opening detection sensor SE10 in the detection determination process. When a state where it is determined that there is an input is continued for a predetermined time (for example, 1000 ms), it is determined that a front frame opening error has occurred. Here, when determining that a front frame opening error has occurred, the payout control CPU 61a changes the setting value of the front frame opening error determination flag stored in the payout control RAM 61c from “0” to “1”. Then, in response to changing the set value of the front frame opening error determination flag to “1”, the drive control of the payout motor MT1 is stopped. That is, when determining that a front frame opening error has occurred, the payout control CPU 61a shifts the payout motor MT1 to a state in which drive control is not performed regardless of whether or not the remaining number of prize balls is one or more. In this case, the value of the remaining number of prize balls in the storage area of the payout control RAM 61c is stored and held, and the display of the number of remaining prize balls on the prize ball remaining number display 51 is also continued. The payout control CPU 61a does not stop the drive control of the payout motor MT1 even if an error designation command is input from the main control CPU 60a (even if the main control CPU 60a determines that an error has occurred).

  The payout control CPU 61a detects the detection signal from the front frame opening detection sensor SE10 in a state where the setting value of the front frame opening error determination flag is changed to “1” in response to determining that a front frame opening error has occurred. If there is no input, it is determined that the front frame release error has been resolved, and the setting value of the front frame release error determination flag stored in the payout control RAM 61c is changed from “1” to “0”. Then, in response to the setting value of the front frame opening error determination flag being changed to “0”, the execution of the drive control of the payout motor MT1 is resumed.

  Also, the payout control CPU 61a sets a front frame opening error designation command in response to the setting value of the front frame opening error determination flag being changed from “0” to “1”, and then proceeds to the effect control CPU 65a. In addition to outputting, a front frame opening error cancel command is set in response to the setting value of the front frame opening error determination flag being changed from “1” to “0”, and is output to the effect control CPU 65a. It should be noted that the front frame opening error designation command and the front frame opening error cancel command output from the payout control CPU 61a are input to the main control CPU 60a of the main control board 60, and then executed by the main control CPU 60a (see FIG. In step S109) in the main process No. 5, it is output toward the effect control CPU 65a. In contrast, the front frame opening error designation command and the front frame opening error cancellation command may be input to the effect control CPU 65a of the effect control board 65 without being input to the main control CPU 60a.

(About external output of information signal)
The payout control CPU 61a receives various commands output from the main control CPU 60a (for example, a prize ball payout command command, a start winning command, a jackpot start command, a jackpot end command, an open command, a close command, a special figure variation pattern designation command, a probability change Start command, probability change end command, time reduction start command, time reduction end command, error designation command, etc.) and obtain various information about the game from the output terminal of the external information output terminal board 63 to the outside of the machine It can be output as an information signal to the hall computer. Here, the external information output terminal board 63 electrically connected to the payout control CPU 61a is provided with a total of nine output terminals from the output terminal 1 to the output terminal 9, and different information depending on each output terminal. An information signal corresponding to is output.

  The output terminal 1 of the external information output terminal board 63 is used as an output terminal for outputting a first information signal (information signal related to security) indicating the occurrence of a front frame opening error. The payout control CPU 61a receives the first information signal from the output terminal 1 for a predetermined time (about 1 in the first embodiment) when the occurrence of the front frame open error is determined based on the input of the detection signal from the front frame open detection sensor SE10. 56 ms). The payout control CPU 61a is also configured to determine whether a full error has occurred in addition to the front frame opening error. When it is determined that this full error has occurred, it is determined via the external information output terminal board 63. The information signal is not externally output.

  The output terminal 2 of the external information output terminal board 63 is used as an output terminal for outputting a second information signal indicating the payout of a prize ball. The payout control CPU 61a, when adding the value of the remaining number of prize balls stored in the payout control RAMc based on the prize ball payout command command from the main control CPU 60a, is a predetermined number (in the first embodiment, 10). The second information signal is output from the output terminal 2 for a predetermined time (about 56 ms in the first embodiment) every time the value of.

  The output terminal 3 and the output terminal 4 of the external information output terminal board 63 are used as output terminals for outputting a third information signal and a fourth information signal indicating the occurrence of winning in the start winning ports 31a and 32a. The payout control CPU 61a receives the third information from the output terminal 3 every time a command (a prize ball payout command command, a start winning command, etc.) output from the main control CPU 60a in response to detection by the first start winning detection sensor SE1 is input. The signal is output for a predetermined time (about 56 ms in the first embodiment). Further, the payout control CPU 61a receives a command from the output terminal 4 every time a command (a prize ball payout command command, a start winning command, etc.) output from the main control CPU 60a in response to detection by the second start winning detection sensor SE2 is input. Four information signals are output for a predetermined time (about 56 ms in the first embodiment).

  The output terminal 5 of the external information output terminal board 63 is used as an output terminal for outputting a fifth information signal indicating the occurrence of a winning at the special winning opening 33a. Each time the payout control CPU 61a inputs a command (such as a prize ball payout command command) output from the main control CPU 60a in response to detection by the special winning detection sensor SE3, a fifth information signal is output from the output terminal 5 for a predetermined time (implementation). In Example 1, the output is performed for about 56 ms).

  The output terminal 6 of the external information output terminal board 63 is used as an output terminal for outputting a sixth information signal indicating a period in which the big hit game is given. The payout control CPU 61a starts outputting the sixth information signal from the output terminal 6 in response to the input of the jackpot start command from the main control CPU 60a, and responds to the input of the jackpot end command from the main control CPU 60a. Then, the output of the sixth information signal from the output terminal 6 is terminated. Note that the sixth information signal may be output in response to the release command corresponding to the first round game in the jackpot game being input from the main control CPU 60a, or the last round game in the jackpot game may be started. You may make it complete | finish or start the output of a 6th information signal according to having input the corresponding close command from main control CPU60a.

  The output terminal 7 of the external information output terminal board 63 is used as an output terminal for outputting a seventh information signal indicating a period in which the big hit game and the probability variation state are given. When the payout control CPU 61a specifies that the probability change state is given in response to a command such as a special figure fluctuation pattern designation command from the main control CPU 60a, the payout control CPU 61a responds to the input of the jackpot start command from the main control CPU 60a. The output of the seventh information signal from the output terminal 7 is started in response to the input of the probability change end command from the main control CPU 60a. The seventh information signal may be output from the output terminal 7 or another output terminal as an information signal indicating only a period during which the probability variation state is given. In this case, the payout control CPU 61a starts outputting the seventh information signal in response to the input of the probability change start command from the main control CPU 60a, and outputs the seventh information signal in response to the input of the probability change end command. May be terminated.

  The output terminal 8 of the external information output terminal board 63 is used as an output terminal for outputting an eighth information signal indicating a period in which the big hit game and the short time state are given. When the payout control CPU 61a specifies that the time-short state is given in response to a command such as a special figure variation pattern designation command from the main control CPU 60a, the payout control CPU 61a responds to the input of the jackpot start command from the main control CPU 60a Then, the output of the eighth information signal from the output terminal 8 is started in response to the input of the short time end command from the main control CPU 60a. Note that the eighth information signal may be output from the output terminal 8 or another output terminal as an information signal indicating only a period in which the time reduction state is given. In this case, the payout control CPU 61a starts to output the eighth information signal in response to the input of the time reduction start command from the main control CPU 60a, and outputs the eighth information signal in response to the input of the time reduction end command. May be terminated.

(External output of information signals related to security)
Next, a configuration for outputting a security-related information signal (ninth information signal) will be described. At the output terminal 9 (predetermined terminal) of the external information output terminal board 63, the RAM clear for the main control RAM 60a has been executed (see step S104 in FIG. 5), or an error (abnormality) has occurred in the pachinko machine 10. An output that outputs a ninth information signal indicating information (security-related information) such as that is determined (see FIG. 8) or that a game stop process has been executed (see steps S204 to S207 in FIG. 6) Used as a terminal. Of the information related to security, the front frame opening error is output from the output terminal 1 as the first information signal.

  Specifically, the payout control CPU 61a includes, as error designation commands from the main control CPU 60a, main board error designation commands, radio wave error designation commands, vibration error designation commands, special electric prize award error designation commands, general electric prize award error designation commands, start prizes In response to the input of either the error designation command or the normal winning error designation command, the ninth information signal is output from the output terminal 9 for a predetermined time (about 56 ms in the first embodiment). Further, the payout control CPU 61a outputs the ninth information signal from the output terminal 9 for a predetermined time (about 56 ms in the first embodiment) in response to the input of the RAM clear designation command from the main control CPU 60a.

  Here, the payout control CPU 61a continuously outputs the ninth information signal from the output terminal 9 until the power is turned off in response to the input of the magnetic error designation command indicating the occurrence of the specific error from the main control CPU 60a. It has become. That is, the ninth information signal output from the output terminal 9 in response to the input of the magnetic error designation command is output in an output period different from that when an error other than the magnetic detection sensor error (specific error) occurs. The output is performed over the same period as the period in which the execution of the control processing related to the game is stopped (that is, until the power is turned off). Thus, the ninth information signal output in response to the input of the magnetic error designation command as the specific error indicates the occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error and the game stop state (in response to the occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error ( As an information signal (game stop information signal) indicating that the control processing related to the game is stopped), the output terminal 9 can be distinguished from the ninth information signal according to the input of another error designation command. It is output.

  In response to the input of the magnetic error designation command, the payout control CPU 61a outputs the third to eighth information signals from the other output terminals 3 to 8 to the outside of the machine (hall computer) until the power is turned off. It comes to stop. That is, when a magnetic detection sensor error occurs, the output state of the output terminals 3 to 8 of the external information output terminal board 63 (the state in which the third to eighth information signals are not output) is the gaming state when the game is stopped Does not necessarily correspond. Thus, not only the output of the ninth information signal, but also the stop of the output of the third to eighth information signals until the power is turned off is a game stop state (execution stop state of control processing relating to the game). Information indicating this is transmitted to the outside of the machine (hall computer). In the first embodiment, even if the payout control CPU 61a inputs a magnetic error designation command, the external output of the first and second information signals from the output terminals 1 and 2 to the outside of the machine (hall computer) is not changed. However, the output may be stopped until the power is turned off as in the third to eighth information signals.

(About the launch control board 62)
Next, the launch control board 62 will be described. As shown in FIG. 3, the launch control board 62 has a launch control CPU 62a for executing control processing, a launch control ROM 62b for storing a control program executed by the launch control CPU 62a, and writing of data necessary for processing of the launch control CPU 62a. A read control RAM 62c that can be read out is provided. As shown in FIG. 4, the firing control CPU 62a is electrically connected to the touch sensor 16b of the operation handle 16, and is configured to determine whether or not a detection signal is input from the touch sensor 16b. The launch control CPU 62a is electrically connected to the ball launcher (ball launch solenoid) 12A, and is configured to drive and control the ball launcher 12A. In Example 1, the detection signal from the front frame opening detection sensor SE10 wired to the launch control board 62 is input to the payout control CPU 61a, and the payout control CPU 61a determines whether a front frame open error has occurred. Although configured, the detection signal of the front frame opening detection sensor SE10 may be input to the firing control CPU 62a, and the firing control CPU 62a may determine whether a front frame opening error has occurred.

(About the production control board 65)
Next, the effect control board 65 will be described. As shown in FIG. 3, the effect control board 65 includes an effect control CPU 65a that executes control processing, an effect control ROM 65b that stores a control program executed by the effect control CPU 65a, and data necessary for the process of the effect control CPU 65a. An effect control RAM 65c capable of writing and reading is provided. An effect control ROM 65b and an effect control RAM 65c are connected to the effect control CPU 65a, and the effect control CPU 65a updates the values of various random numbers stored in the effect control RAM 65c at predetermined intervals to produce the updated values. It is stored (set) in the control RAM 65c.

  The effect control CPU 65a outputs various commands output from the main control CPU 60a (for example, start winning command, jackpot start command, jackpot end command, probability change start command, probability change end command, time reduction start command, time reduction end command, special figure variation pattern) Based on a specified command, an open command, a close command, an error specified command, etc., various information related to the game is obtained, and the content of the effect is comprehensively controlled based on the various information related to the game. For example, the effect control CPU 65a, based on the input of the jackpot start command, the jackpot end command, the opening command, and the closing command, various effects during the jackpot game stored in the effect control ROM 65b (for example, an opening effect, an ending effect, , Any one of a plurality of types of effect patterns corresponding to effects during each round game, effects during each round interval, etc.) is determined, and according to the determined effect patterns, the symbol display device 17 (display control board 66) ), The speaker 18, the frame lamp 19, the game board lamp 24, and the movable body 25 d. Also, based on the input of the jackpot start command, jackpot end command, probability change start command, probability change end command, time-short start command, and time-short end command, the game states (first to fourth game states) stored in the effect control ROM 65b. ) To determine the background image, sound effect, light emission pattern, etc. for the effect, and control each effect means 17, 18, 19, 24, 25d.

  In addition, the effect control ROM 65b stores an effect pattern that specifies specific effect contents to be executed in the symbol variation effect. The effect pattern for the symbol variation effect is associated with the special diagram variation pattern determined by the main control CPU 60a, and is based on the special diagram variation pattern designation command input from the main control CPU 60a (by the special diagram variation pattern). The effect control CPU 65a determines the corresponding effect pattern (based on the specified variation time). The effect control CPU 65a is configured to comprehensively control the symbol display device 17 (display control board 66), the speaker 18, the frame lamp 19, the game board lamp 24, and the movable body 25d according to the determined effect pattern. ing. That is, the effect control CPU 65a, based on the start winning information (random value) acquired by the main control CPU 60a, the effect contents of the symbol variation effect to be performed by the symbol display device 17, the game board lamp 24 according to the symbol variation effect, and The light emission color and light emission timing of the frame lamp 19, the sound output content and sound output timing of the speaker 18 corresponding to the symbol variation effect, etc. are determined.

(Regarding notifications when errors occur)
Here, the production control CPU 65a performs various error designation commands (main board error designation command, magnetic error designation command, radio wave error designation command, vibration error designation command, special error prize designation) outputted from the main control CPU 60a and the payout control CPU 61a. Command, general power prize error designation command, start prize error designation command, normal prize error designation command, full error designation command, front frame opening error designation command) It is configured to control automatically. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to comprehensively control notification indicating execution of the RAM clear operation based on the RAM clear designation command output from the main control CPU 60a. In the first embodiment, notification indicating the execution of the RAM clear operation will be described below as a kind of error notification.

  The effect control CPU 65 a controls the symbol display device 17, the speaker 18, and the frame lamp 19 in an integrated manner to execute error notification according to the error that has occurred. That is, the symbol display device 17, the speaker 18, and the frame lamp 19 that are used as presentation means function as notification means for executing error notification. Here, the symbol display device 17 serving as a notification means is a type of error that is particularly required to be dealt with urgently by a game clerk (person in charge) (main board error, magnetic detection sensor error, radio wave detection sensor error, vibration detection sensor error). In the form that is easily noticeable to the game shop clerk (person in charge) and the player, specifically, the display as an error notification in a form in which the decorative drawing becomes invisible in the display unit 17a (full screen error display) ) Is executed. On the other hand, in the case of dealing with other errors (in the first embodiment, a special power prize error, a general power prize error, a start prize error, a normal prize error, a full error), it is possible to visually recognize the decoration on the display unit 17a. The display as an error notification (small error display) is executed using only a partial area of the display unit 17a. In the first embodiment, the above-described full-screen error display and small error display on the symbol display device 17 are not performed for the error notification accompanying the execution of the RAM clear operation and the error notification accompanying the occurrence of the front frame opening error. . Information displayed on the symbol display device 17 as an error notification includes a type display (specific error type display) for identifying the type of error that occurred (which error occurred), a game Display for stopping the game to make the stop state identifiable, and display to make it possible to identify how to deal with the error that occurred (see `` Please call the staff '' and `` Pull out the ball '' below) Display), and either or both of the type display and the countermeasure display are displayed according to the error.

(Notification according to RAM clear)
The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the symbol display device 17, the speaker 18, and the frame lamp 19 as notification means in an integrated manner based on the input of the RAM clear designation command from the main control CPU 60a, and to execute the RAM clear notification. Has been. Specifically, the effect control CPU 65a performs light emission control so that the frame lamp 19 is lit in orange for a predetermined time (30000 ms in the first embodiment), and RAM clear sound that can specify “RAM clear” from the speaker 18. Is output for a predetermined time (30000 ms in the first embodiment). Then, the RAM clear notification is canceled according to the elapse of a predetermined time (30000 ms) as a cancellation condition. An initial image set in the pachinko machine 10 is displayed on the display unit 17a of the symbol display device 17 at least during the RAM clear notification. This initial image is composed of a background image corresponding to the first gaming state (non-probability change state and non-time-short state), and a stop display of a combination of decorative drawings predetermined as initial symbols.

(About main board error notification)
The effect control CPU 65a comprehensively controls the symbol display device 17, the speaker 18, and the frame lamp 19 as notification means based on the input of the main board error designation command from the main control CPU 60a to execute main board error notification. It is configured as follows. Here, the effect control CPU 65a starts the main board error notification in response to the input of the main board error designation command, and then continues until the power is turned off. As a specific notification mode, the effect control CPU 65a displays the character “main board error” (type) in a state where the entire surface of the display unit 17a is displayed in the same color (for example, yellow) in the symbol display device 17 (full screen error display). Display) and control the display to display the characters "Call a clerk" (action display). That is, in the symbol display device 17, since the main board error notification is performed using the entire screen of the display unit 17a, the decorative drawing (symbol), the background, etc. that were displayed on the display unit 17a before the error occurred are displayed. Disappear. In addition, the production control CPU 65a performs light emission control so that the frame lamp 19 is lit in red, and the sound of “an abnormality has been detected in the main board” is periodically or predeterminedly transmitted from the speaker 18 until the power is turned off. It is output only for the number of times (for example, 3 times).

(Magnetic detection sensor error notification)
The effect control CPU 65a comprehensively controls the symbol display device 17, the speaker 18 and the frame lamp 19 as notification means based on the input of the magnetic detection sensor error designation command from the main control CPU 60a, and notifies the magnetic detection sensor error notification. It is configured to run. That is, the notification means 17, 18, and 19 perform error notification in response to the determination of the occurrence of an error by the main control CPU (another abnormality determination means) 61a. Here, the effect control CPU 65a starts this magnetic detection sensor error notification in response to the input of the magnetic error designation command, and then continues until the power is turned off. As a specific notification mode, the effect control CPU 65a displays the characters “magnetic detection sensor error” in the state where the entire surface of the display unit 17a is displayed in the same color (for example, yellow) in the symbol display device 17 (full screen error display). The display control is performed to display the type display), the “Call me clerk” character (handling display), and the “Game stopped” character (game stop display). That is, in the symbol display device 17, since the magnetic detection sensor error notification is performed using the entire screen of the display unit 17a, the decorative figure (symbol), the background, etc. displayed on the display unit 17a until the error occurs are displayed. It will not be done. In addition, the production control CPU 65a controls the light emission so that the frame lamp 19 is lit in yellow, and the speaker 18 “sounds the magnetic detection sensor has reacted. The game has been stopped” is regularly played until the power is turned off. Or a predetermined number of times (for example, 3 times).

(About radio wave detection sensor error notification)
The effect control CPU 65a comprehensively controls the symbol display device 17, the speaker 18, and the frame lamp 19 as notification means based on the input of the radio wave detection sensor error designation command from the main control CPU 60a, and performs radio wave detection sensor error notification. It is configured to run. Here, the effect control CPU 65a starts the radio wave detection sensor error notification in response to the input of the radio wave error designation command, and then continues until the power is turned off. As a specific notification mode, the effect control CPU 65a displays the characters “radio wave detection sensor error” in the state where the entire surface of the display unit 17a is displayed in the same color (for example, yellow) (full screen error display) in the symbol display device 17. Display control to display the type display) and the characters "Please call the staff" (action display). That is, in the symbol display device 17, since the radio wave detection sensor error notification is performed using the entire screen of the display unit 17a, the decorative figure (symbol), background, and the like that are displayed on the display unit 17a before the error occurs are displayed. It will not be done. In addition, the production control CPU 65a controls the light emission so that the frame lamp 19 is lit in green, and the sound of “the radio wave detection sensor has reacted” is periodically or predetermined times from the speaker 18 until the power is turned off. Output only (for example, 3 times).

(Vibration detection sensor error notification)
The effect control CPU 65a comprehensively controls the symbol display device 17, the speaker 18, and the frame lamp 19 as notification means based on the input of the vibration detection sensor error designation command from the main control CPU 60a, and notifies the vibration detection sensor error notification. It is configured to run. Here, the effect control CPU 65a starts the vibration detection sensor error notification in response to the input of the vibration error designation command, and then continues until the power is turned off. As a specific notification mode, the effect control CPU 65a displays the characters “vibration detection sensor error” in the state where the entire surface of the display unit 17a is displayed in the same color (for example, yellow) (full screen error display) in the symbol display device 17. Display control to display the type display) and the characters "Please call the staff" (action display). That is, in the symbol display device 17, since the vibration detection sensor error notification is performed using the entire screen of the display unit 17a, the decorative figure (symbol), the background, and the like displayed on the display unit 17a until the error occurs are displayed. It will not be done. In addition, the production control CPU 65a controls the light emission so that the frame lamp 19 is lit in white, and the sound of the “vibration detection sensor has reacted” from the speaker 18 is periodically or a predetermined number of times until the power is turned off. Output only (for example, 3 times).

(Regarding the special electricity prize error notification)
The effect control CPU 65a comprehensively controls the symbol display device 17, the speaker 18 and the frame lamp 19 as notification means based on the input of the special power prize error designation command from the main control CPU 60a, and executes the special power prize error notification. It is configured as follows. That is, the notification means 17, 18, and 19 perform error notification (second error notification) according to the determination of the occurrence of an error by the main control CPU 60a. As a specific notification mode, the effect control CPU 65a in the symbol display device 17 has a display area smaller than the size of the entire surface of the display unit 17a so as not to overlap with a decoration that is stopped and displayed in the ongoing symbol variation effect. For example, the display control is performed so that the character (type display) of “closed winning error (special electricity)” is displayed (small error display) in the vicinity of the outer edge of the display unit 17a or between the stop display positions of the decoration drawing. The special power prize error notification on the symbol display device 17 can be displayed at the same time as other error notifications (specifically, the error notifications associated with the general power prize error and the full error). The display area for displaying the character “special electric)” is set to a different area from the display area of the character display by other error notification. In addition, the effect control CPU 65a performs light emission control so that the frame lamp 19 is lit in blue, and continuously outputs an error sound (for example, a humming sound) from the speaker 18. The special electric prize winning error designation command is a period after the timing at which the final closing command in the jackpot game is input from the main control CPU 60a until the jackpot start command is input from the main control CPU 60a (that is, the special winning solenoid SL2 is set). In the following description, the input order of commands may be specified in order from the command whose input timing is close to the start timing of the predetermined period. . When the special power prize error designation command is input outside the predetermined period, the effect control CPU 65a ignores the special power prize error designation command that has been input due to the communication abnormality.

  Here, the production control CPU 65a is configured to start execution of the special power prize error notification by the notification means 17, 18, 19 after the timing at which the main control CPU 60a first determines that a special power prize error has occurred (first time). Has been. Specifically, the production control CPU 65a notifies the notification means 17, 18, at the timing when the next special power prize error designation command is inputted before 30000ms elapses from the input timing of the predetermined special power prize error designation command from the main control CPU 60a. The special electric prize award error notification at 19 is started to be executed, and the special electric prize award error notification command is not started by one input of the special electric prize error designation command. The payout control CPU 61a externally outputs a ninth information signal indicating the occurrence of a special electricity prize error via the output terminal 9 of the external information output terminal board 63 every time a special electricity prize error designation command is input from the main control CPU 60a. It is configured. In addition, the production control CPU 65a ends the special power prize error notification that has been started in response to the establishment of a predetermined notification end condition, and continues the error notification until the power is turned off when the predetermined notification end condition is not satisfied. It is configured as follows. Specifically, when the new special power prize error designation command is not input during the period from the start of the special power prize error notification to the elapse of 30000 ms, the effect control CPU 65a notifies each of the notification means 17, 18 at the time of the elapse of 30000 ms. , 19 is terminated. On the other hand, when a new special power prize error designation command is input during the execution period of special power prize error notification (a period until 30000 ms elapses from the start of notification), a special power prize error notification is made by the speaker 18 and the frame lamp 19. The special display prize error notification by the symbol display device 17 is not terminated until the power is turned off.

(Regarding the error notification of the general power prize)
The effect control CPU 65a comprehensively controls the symbol display device 17, the speaker 18, and the frame lamp 19 as notification means based on the input of a general power prize error designation command from the main control CPU 60a, and notifies the general power prize error notification. It is configured to run. That is, the notification means 17, 18, and 19 perform error notification (second error notification) according to the determination of the occurrence of an error by the main control CPU 60a. As a specific notification mode, the effect control CPU 65a in the symbol display device 17 has a display area smaller than the size of the entire surface of the display unit 17a so as not to overlap with a decoration that is stopped and displayed in the ongoing symbol variation effect. For example, the display control is performed so that the character (type display) of “closed winning error (general power)” is displayed (small error display) in the vicinity of the outer edge of the display unit 17a or between the stop display positions of the decoration drawing. It should be noted that the general power prize winning error notification on the symbol display device 17 can be displayed simultaneously with other error notifications (specifically, the error notifications associated with the special power winning error and the full error). The display area for displaying the characters “general power” is set to a different area from the display area for displaying characters by other error notifications. In addition, the effect control CPU 65a performs light emission control so that the frame lamp 19 is lit in blue, and continuously outputs an error sound (for example, a humming sound) from the speaker 18. It should be noted that the general power prize winning error designation command is a period after the timing at which the common command end command is input from the main control CPU 60a until the start command is input from the main control CPU 60a (that is, the start winning solenoid SL1). In the following description, the input order of commands is specified in order from the command whose input timing is close to the start timing of the predetermined period. is there. When the general power prize error designation command is input outside the predetermined period, the effect control CPU 65a determines that the communication is abnormal and ignores the input general power prize error designation command.

  Here, the production control CPU 65a starts execution of the general power prize error notification by the notification means 17, 18, 19 after the timing at which the main control CPU 60a first determines that a general power prize error has occurred (first time). It is configured as follows. Specifically, the production control CPU 65a notifies the notification means 17, at the timing when the next general power prize award error designation command is input before 30000ms elapses from the input timing of the predetermined general power prize award error designation command from the main control CPU 60a. 18 and 19 is configured to start execution of the general power prize winning error notification, and the general power winning prize error notification is not started by one input of the general power winning error specifying command. The payout control CPU 61a externally outputs a ninth information signal indicating the occurrence of a general power prize error via the output terminal 9 of the external information output terminal board 63 every time a general power prize error designation command is input from the main control CPU 60a. It is configured to In addition, the production control CPU 65a ends the public power prize error notification that has been started according to the establishment of a predetermined notification end condition, and continues the error notification until the power is turned off when the predetermined notification end condition is not satisfied. It is configured to let you. Specifically, the effect control CPU 65a, when a new general power prize error designation command is not input during the period from the start of the general power prize winning error notification until 30000 ms has elapsed, The public power prize error notification by 17, 18, 19 is terminated. On the other hand, if a new general power prize error designation command is input during the execution period of the general power prize error notification (a period until 30000 ms elapses from the start of the notification), the general power by the speaker 18 and the frame lamp 19 is input. Only the winning error notification is ended, and the general power winning error notification by the symbol display device 17 is not ended until the power is turned off.

(About the start winning error notification)
The effect control CPU 65a comprehensively controls the symbol display device 17, the speaker 18, and the frame lamp 19 as notification means based on the input of the start prize error designation command from the main control CPU 60a to execute the start prize error notice. It is configured as follows. That is, the notification means 17, 18, and 19 perform error notification (overballing error notification) according to the determination of the occurrence of an error (predetermined abnormality) by the main control CPU (abnormality determination means) 61a. As a specific notification mode, the effect control CPU 65a in the symbol display device 17 has a display area smaller than the size of the entire surface of the display unit 17a so as not to overlap with a decoration that is stopped and displayed in the ongoing symbol variation effect. For example, control is performed so as to display the character (type display) of “excess pitching error (first start winning opening): α times” near the outer edge of the display unit 17a or between the stop display positions of the decoration drawing. To do. Here, “α” is an integer having an upper limit of 10, and each time the presentation control CPU 65a inputs a start winning error designation command, display control is performed so that the number displayed in the “α” portion is incremented by one. . That is, the effect control CPU 65a is configured to change the display content as the start winning error notification in response to an increase in the number of times that the main control CPU 60a determines that the start winning error has occurred. The payout control CPU 61a externally outputs a ninth information signal indicating the occurrence of a start winning error via the output terminal 9 of the external information output terminal board 63 every time a start winning error designation command is input from the main control CPU 60a. It is configured. In addition, the start winning error notification on the symbol display device 17 can be displayed simultaneously with other error notifications (specifically, error notifications associated with the ordinary power winning error, the normal winning error and the full error). The display area for displaying the character “Pitching error (first start winning opening): α times” is set to a different area from the display area of the character display by other error notifications. In addition, the effect control CPU 65a controls the light emission so that the frame lamp 19 is lit in purple, and causes the speaker 18 to continuously output an error sound (for example, a beeping sound).

  Here, the effect control CPU 65a starts the start winning error notification by any of the notification means 18, 19 from a state in which the plurality of notification means 17, 18, 19 start to execute the start winning error notification. The start winning error notification by the other notification means 17 is continued until the predetermined notification end condition is satisfied (after the predetermined time has elapsed). Specifically, the effect control CPU 65a terminates the start winning error notification by the speaker 18 and the frame lamp 19 when 30000 ms have elapsed from the start of the start winning error notification, and the start display error notification by the symbol display device 17 is turned off. It is supposed not to end until.

(Regarding the normal prize error notification)
The effect control CPU 65a comprehensively controls the symbol display device 17, the speaker 18, and the frame lamp 19 as notification means based on the input of the normal winning error designation command from the main control CPU 60a, and executes the start winning error notification. It is configured as follows. That is, the notification means 17, 18, and 19 perform error notification (overballing error notification) according to the determination of the occurrence of an error (predetermined abnormality) by the main control CPU (abnormality determination means) 61a. As a specific notification mode, the effect control CPU 65a in the symbol display device 17 has a display area smaller than the size of the entire surface of the display unit 17a so as not to overlap with a decoration that is stopped and displayed in the ongoing symbol variation effect. For example, control is performed so that the characters (type display) of “excessive pitching error (ordinary winning slot): α times” are displayed (small error display) in the vicinity of the outer edge of the display unit 17a and between the stop display positions of the decoration drawing. Here, “α” is an integer having an upper limit of 10, and each time the presentation control CPU 65a inputs a start winning error designation command, display control is performed so that the number displayed in the “α” portion is incremented by one. . That is, the effect control CPU 65a is configured to change the display content as the normal winning error notification in response to an increase in the number of times that the main control CPU 60a determines that the normal winning error has occurred. The payout control CPU 61a externally outputs a ninth information signal indicating the occurrence of a normal winning error via the output terminal 9 of the external information output terminal board 63 every time a normal winning error designation command is input from the main control CPU 60a. It is configured. In addition, the normal winning error notification on the symbol display device 17 can be displayed simultaneously with other error notifications (specifically, the error notifications associated with the ordinary power winning error, the starting winning error, and the full error). The display area for displaying the characters “Pitching error (ordinary winning mouth): α times” is set differently from the display area for displaying characters by other error notifications. In addition, the effect control CPU 65a controls the light emission so that the frame lamp 19 is lit in purple, and causes the speaker 18 to continuously output an error sound (for example, a beeping sound).

  Here, the effect control CPU 65a starts the normal winning error notification to the plurality of notification means 17, 18, 19 from the state where the normal winning error notification by any of the notification means 18, 19 is performed according to a predetermined notification end condition. It is configured so as to end in accordance with the establishment (elapse of a predetermined time) and to continue the normal winning error notification by the other notification means 17 until the predetermined notification end condition is satisfied (after the predetermined time elapses). Specifically, the effect control CPU 65a ends the normal winning error notification by the speaker 18 and the frame lamp 19 when 30000 ms has elapsed from the start of the normal winning error notification, and the normal display error notification by the symbol display device 17 is turned off. It is supposed not to end until.

(About full error notification)
The effect control CPU 65a is configured to comprehensively control the symbol display device 17 and the speaker 18 as notification means based on the input of the full error designation command from the payout control CPU 61a to execute full error notification. That is, the notification means 17 and 18 perform error notification (second error notification) according to the determination of the occurrence of an error by the payout control CPU 61a. As a specific notification mode, the effect control CPU 65a in the symbol display device 17 has a display area smaller than the size of the entire surface of the display unit 17a so as not to overlap with a decoration that is stopped and displayed in the ongoing symbol variation effect. For example, the display control is performed so that the characters (please remove the ball) (display for handling) are displayed (small error display) in the vicinity of the outer edge of the display unit 17a or between the stop display positions of the decoration drawing. The full error notification on the symbol display device 17 can be displayed simultaneously with other error notifications (specifically, error notifications associated with special power prize error, general power prize error, start prize error and normal prize error). In addition, the display area for displaying the text “Pull out sphere” is set to a different area from the display area for displaying characters by other error notifications. In addition, the production control CPU 65a outputs the sound “please remove the ball” from the speaker 18 only a predetermined number of times (only once in the first embodiment). The effect control CPU 65a starts executing full error notification by the symbol display device 17 and the speaker 18 at the timing when the full error designation command is input from the payout control CPU 61a, and outputs from the payout control CPU 61a when it is determined that the full error has been resolved. The full error notification is terminated at the timing when the full error cancel command is input.

(About front frame opening error notification)
The effect control CPU 65a is configured to perform voice output control of the speaker 18 as a notification unit based on an input of a front frame opening error designation command from the payout control CPU 61a, and to execute a front frame opening error notification. That is, the notification means 18 performs error notification (second error notification) in response to the determination of the occurrence of an error by the payout control CPU 61a. As a specific notification mode, the effect control CPU 65a outputs the sound “door is open” from the speaker 18 only a predetermined number of times (only once in the first embodiment). The effect control CPU 65a starts to execute the front frame release error notification by the speaker 18 at the timing when the front frame release error designation command is input from the payout control CPU 61a, and from the payout control CPU 61a when it is determined that the front frame release error has been resolved. The front frame release error notification is terminated at the timing when the output front frame release error cancellation command is input.

(About the display control board 66)
Next, the display control board 66 will be described. As shown in FIG. 3, the display control board 66 has a display control CPU 66a for executing control processing, a display control ROM 66b for storing a control program executed by the display control CPU 66a, and data necessary for processing of the display control CPU 66a. A display control RAM 66c capable of writing and reading is provided. A display control ROM 66b and a display control RAM 66c are connected to the display control CPU 66a, and a symbol display device 17 is connected to the display control CPU 66a. The display control ROM 66b stores a display control program for controlling the display contents of the symbol display device 17. The display control ROM 66b stores various image data related to symbol variation effects (image data such as symbols, various background images, characters, characters, etc.) and various image data related to error notification. The display control RAM 66c stores (sets) various types of information that can be appropriately rewritten during the operation of the pachinko machine 10.

  Here, the image data relating to the error notification stored in the display control ROM 66b is specifically image data to be displayed on the entire screen in response to the main board error, and “main board error” is displayed on the yellow screen. ”(Type display) and” Please call the staff ”(data for handling) and image data to be displayed on the entire screen in response to a magnetic detection sensor error. Image data that displays the characters `` Magnetic detection sensor error '' (type display), `` Please call an attendant '' (display for countermeasures), and `` Game stopped '' (game display) This is image data that is displayed on the entire screen in response to the radio wave detection sensor error, and the characters (type display) of `` radio wave detection sensor error '' and the characters `` Please call an attendant '' (handling table) Display data and image data to be displayed on the entire screen in response to the vibration detection sensor error.The letters (type display) of `` vibration detection sensor error '' and `` call the staff '' are displayed on the yellow screen. Image data that displays the `` Please '' character (handling display), image data that displays the `` Closed winning error (special) '' character (type display) on a part of the screen in response to the special electric prize error, Image data that displays the character (type display) of `` Closed prize error (Penden) '' on a part of the screen in response to a power prize error, and `` Excessive '' on a part of the screen in response to a start prize error Image data that displays the characters (type display) of “Pitching error (first start winning opening) α times” and “Excessive winning error (Normal winning mouth) α times” on a part of the screen corresponding to the normal winning error `` '' On the part of the screen corresponding to the full data Image data for displaying the characters “please remove the sphere” (handling display) is stored in the display control ROM 66b. Since no error notification is performed by the symbol display device 17 for the front frame opening error, image data relating to the front frame opening error is not stored in the display control ROM 66b.

(Operation of Example 1)
Next, the operation of the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment will be described.

  In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the player operates the operation handle 16 provided on the front surface of the machine to start the game. When the operation lever 16a of the operation handle 16 is operated, the player's contact is detected by the touch sensor 16b built in the operation handle 16, and the firing control CPU 62a that determines the input of the detection signal from the touch sensor 16b is operated by the firing control CPU 62a. By driving the ball launching device (ball launching solenoid) 12A with a hitting force corresponding to the amount of rotation, a pachinko ball is launched toward an appropriate position in the game area 20a. When the pachinko ball launched by the ball launching device 12A reaches the game area 20a, the pachinko ball flows down the game area 20a and enters the introduction port 26a of the sorting unit 25 or the gate port of the gate unit 35. The player may enter the ball 35a, win the second start winning port 32a of the second start winning unit 32, or win the special winning port 33a of the special winning unit 33.

(About games in the first and third gaming states)
In the first and third gaming states (non-time-short state), the player launches a ball so as to guide the pachinko ball to the first ball flow path 21a in the gaming area 20a and enter the inlet 26a of the sorting unit 25. A game is performed by appropriately adjusting the hitting force of the device 12A. Here, when the pachinko ball flowing down the first ball flow path 21a enters the introduction port 26a of the sorting unit 25, the pachinko ball that has entered the introduction port 26a is guided to the stage 26 and rolls, From the exit of the stage 26, it is led to the distribution units (first to third distribution units) 27, 28, 29 at a predetermined timing. As a result of the distribution by the distribution units (first to third distribution units) 27, 28, and 29, the pachinko ball wins (enters) the first start winning opening 31a or does not win. It is discharged outside.

(About the game in the 2nd and 4th game state)
On the other hand, in the second and fourth gaming states (short-time state), it is easier for the pachinko ball to win the second start winning opening 32a than to win the first start winning opening 31a. The player plays the game by appropriately adjusting the hitting force of the ball launching device 12A so that the pachinko ball is guided to the second ball flow path 21b in the game area 20a and enters the gate port 35a of the gate portion 35. When the main control CPU 60a makes a base hit determination based on the entrance to the gate opening 35a (based on detection by the gate sensor SE5), and the base hit determination results in a hit determination result, After the display is finished, the start winning solenoid SL1 is driven and controlled (excited) to open the start opening / closing member 32b (a game is generated per usual figure), so that a pachinko ball wins the second start winning opening 32a. Is possible.

(Regarding the action associated with winning a prize at the start winning opening 31a, 32a)
Pachinko balls that have won in the start winning ports 31a and 32a are detected by the start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2. Based on the detection signals input from the start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2 to the main control CPU 60a, the main control CPU 60a determines the detection state (detected) by the start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2. In this case, a prize ball payout command command (payout information signal) is output from the main control CPU 60a to the payout control CPU 61a, and the payout control CPU 61a receiving the prize ball payout command command receives the prize ball payout command command. The specified number of winning balls (the number of winning balls for winning in the start winning ports 31a and 32a) is added to the value of the remaining number of winning balls stored in the payout control RAM 61c. Then, the payout control CPU 61a drives the payout motor MT1 of the ball payout device 12B to rotate the payout sprocket, and pays out the number of pachinko balls (prize balls) corresponding to the remaining number of prize balls stored in the payout control RAM 61c. Let Similarly, the special winning detection sensor SE3, the gate sensor SE5, and the normal winning detection sensor SE4 as other winning detection sensors also detect a pachinko ball and a detection signal is input to the main control CPU 60a, and the detection state is changed to the main control CPU 60a. Is determined. Even when the detection state by the special winning detection sensor SE3 and the normal winning detection sensor SE4 is determined by the main control CPU 60a, the prize ball payout command command is output to the payout control CPU 61a, and the payout control CPU 61a receives the prize ball payout command. The award ball according to the command is paid out to the ball payout device 12B.

  In addition, the main control CPU 60a has a condition such that the start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2 are detected, and the number of stored start hold information (hold number) stored in the main control RAM 60c does not reach the upper limit number. When starting, the winning prize information (values such as random numbers for determining per special figure, random numbers for determining special figures, random numbers for distributing special figure fluctuations, etc.) is acquired according to the detection timings of the start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2. The acquired start winning information is stored in the start storage area of the main control RAM 60c as start hold information. The main control CPU 60a determines whether or not to grant a big hit game based on the start winning information (start hold information) when the special chart variation start condition is satisfied, and A special figure to be stopped and displayed as a result of the special figure fluctuation display on the display parts Ma and Mb is determined. Here, when the determined special figure is a winning symbol (when the special figure determination is a winning determination result), the gaming state after the big hit game is the first to fourth according to the type of special figure. It is determined from the gaming state. Further, the main control CPU 60a determines a special figure fluctuation pattern that specifies the fluctuation time of the special figure fluctuation display, the contents of effects, etc. based on the result of the judgment per special figure, and specifies the decided special figure fluctuation pattern. A special figure variation pattern designation command is output to the effect control CPU 65a. And based on the determined special figure fluctuation pattern, the special figure display on the special figure display parts Ma and Mb (game information display M) is started.

  The main control CPU 60a measures the special figure fluctuation time specified by the special figure fluctuation pattern, and controls the display of the special figure fluctuation display on the special figure display units Ma and Mb in accordance with the measurement of the special figure fluctuation time. When the time corresponding to the special figure fluctuation time has elapsed, the main control CPU 60a ends the special figure fluctuation display in the special figure display portions Ma and Mb, and the special control as the final result of the special figure fluctuation display. Stop the figure. Further, the main control CPU 60a starts measuring the special figure fluctuation interval time at the end timing of the special figure fluctuation display in the special figure display portions Ma and Mb (timing when the special figure is stopped and displayed). During the measurement of the special figure fluctuation interval time, the big hit game and the next special figure fluctuation display are not started. That is, the main control CPU 60a starts the next special figure fluctuation display after the elapse of the special figure fluctuation interval time when the special figure as a shift symbol is stopped and displayed on the special figure display portions Ma and Mb (Note that (Only if startup hold information is stored). On the other hand, when the special figure as a big hit symbol is stopped and displayed on the special figure display parts Ma and Mb, the big hit game is started after the elapse of the special figure interval time.

(About jackpot games)
In the jackpot game, the main control CPU 60a measures the opening time from the start timing of the jackpot game, outputs a jackpot start command to the effect control CPU 65a at the start timing of the jackpot game, and the first time after the opening time has elapsed. Start a round game. The main control CPU 60a starts (excites) the drive control of the special prize solenoid SL2 at the start timing of the first round game, opens the special opening / closing member 33b, and sets the special electric release time which is the maximum duration of the round game. While starting the measurement, an opening command corresponding to the first round game is output to the effect control CPU 65a. When the condition for ending the first round game is satisfied, the main control CPU 60a ends (demagnetizes) the drive control of the special prize solenoid SL2, closes the special opening / closing member 33b, and ends the measurement of the special electricity release time. At the same time, a closing command corresponding to the first round game is output to the effect control CPU 65a. At the end timing of the first round game, the main control CPU 60a starts measuring the round interval time. Next, the main control CPU 60a starts the second round game after the lapse of the round interval time. Note that the main control CPU 60a performs the same control as the first round game from the start of the second round game to the end of the final round game. Then, the main control CPU 60a starts measuring the ending time at the end timing of the final round game, and outputs a jackpot end command to the effect control CPU 65a after the ending time has elapsed, thereby ending the jackpot game. In the jackpot game, the effect control CPU 65a inputs a jackpot start command output from the main control CPU 60a to the effect control CPU 65a, a release command corresponding to each round game, a close command corresponding to each round game, and a jackpot end command. Based on the above, the contents of effects to be executed by the symbol display device 17, the speaker 18, the frame lamp 19, the game board lamp 24 and the like as effect means are appropriately switched.

(When full error occurs)
The pachinko balls paid out by the ball paying device 12B are stored in the ball trays 14 and 15. When the amount of pachinko balls stored in the ball trays 14 and 15 is excessive (full), the pachinko balls that cannot enter the ball trays 14 and 15 are located on the upstream side of the lower ball tray 15 (the lower plate communication passage 72 and It is stored in the upper plate communication passage 71). When the payout is continued, the pachinko balls stored in the first ball passage can reach the ball payout device 12B and cause a failure of the ball payout device 12B. Here, the payout control CPU 61a determines the occurrence of the full error by determining that the state in which the detection signal input from the full detection sensor SE9 provided so as to face the upper plate communication passage 71 continues for 1000 ms. Then, the driving of the ball dispensing device 12B is stopped. Thereby, failure of the ball dispensing device 12B due to an increase in the amount of pachinko balls stored can be prevented. The payout control CPU 61a determines that the full error has been resolved by determining that the state in which no detection signal is input from the full detection sensor SE9 continues for 200 ms after determining the occurrence of the full error. The payout control CPU 61a does not externally output information through the external information output terminal board 63 when a full error occurs. The payout control CPU 61a inputs a full error designation command to the effect control CPU 65a via the main control CPU 60a in response to determining that a full error has occurred, and fills in error in response to determining that the full error has been resolved. The cancel command is input to the effect control CPU 65a via the main control CPU 60a. On the other hand, the production control CPU 65a starts executing the full error notification in the notification means 17 and 18 in response to the input of the full error designation command, and ends the execution of the full error notification in response to the input of the full error cancel command. Like that. As a specific error notification content in the symbol display device 17, the display area 17a is smaller than the overall size of the display unit 17a so that it does not overlap with the decoration that is stopped and displayed in the ongoing symbol variation effect. Display a countermeasure display (letter “Pull out sphere”) indicating how to handle the error.

(When a front frame release error occurs)
The pachinko machine 10 can be a target of fraudulent acts that allow unauthorized tools to enter the game area 20a from outside the machine. Here, the payout control CPU 61a determines that a state in which a detection signal is input from the front frame opening detection sensor SE10 provided at the upper right end (opening end) of the middle frame 12 continues for 1000 ms. Determine the occurrence of a front frame release error. Thereby, it is possible to identify a state in which unauthorized access to the game area 20a is easy. When it is determined that a front frame opening error has occurred, the payout control CPU 61a stops driving the ball payout device 12B. Then, the payout control CPU 61a externally outputs a first information signal indicating the occurrence of the front frame opening error from the output terminal 1 of the external information output terminal board 63 over a period of about 56 ms. The payout control CPU 61a determines that the state where no detection signal is input from the front frame opening detection sensor SE10 continues for 200 ms after determining the occurrence of the full error, thereby eliminating the front frame opening error. Is determined. In response to determining that a front frame opening error has occurred, the payout control CPU 61a inputs a front frame opening error designation command to the effect control CPU 65a via the main control CPU 60a and determines that the front frame opening error has been resolved. Accordingly, the effect control CPU 65a is caused to input a front frame opening error cancellation command via the main control CPU 60a. On the other hand, the production control CPU 65a starts executing the front frame release error notification by the notification means 18 in response to the input of the front frame release error designation command, and also releases the front frame in response to the input of the front frame release error cancellation command. The error notification is terminated.

(Regarding the excessive winning error (starting winning error, normal winning error))
The first start winning opening 31a (ordinary winning opening 34a) provided in the gaming area 20a is always open upward, and a pachinko ball flowing down the gaming area 20a can be awarded. Then, for example, using a fraudulent tool that a fraudster has entered the game area 20a, a guide route toward the first start winning port 31a (ordinary winning port 34a) is illegally formed, or a game nail is formed by the fraudulent device. If the gaming area 20a is modified so that the winning at the first start winning opening 31a (ordinary winning opening 34a) is facilitated by bending the ball, etc., the pachinko ball launched by the cheating person into the gaming area 20a Can be awarded to the first start winning opening 31a (ordinary winning opening 34a) with a high probability, so that an opportunity for payout of a prize ball or determination per special figure may occur according to an illegal act. Here, in the error determination process (step S301), the main control CPU 60a performs the first start winning detection sensor SE1 (ordinary winning detection sensor SE4) during a predetermined period (unit time of 1 minute and reference time of 20 minutes). When the detection signal is input more than 20 times, the occurrence of a start winning error (occurrence of a normal winning error) is determined. Specifically, the main control CPU 60a selects one of a plurality of first storage areas PA1 (a plurality of second storage areas PA2) constituting a first buffer (a second buffer) of the excessive entry error determination storage unit. The first storage area PA1 (one second storage area PA2) is designated as an update area according to the value of the pointer. Then, the unit time is continuously measured by the time counter, the pointer value is changed every time the unit time elapses, and the first storage area PA1 (second storage area PA2) designated as the update area is set. It changes every unit time according to a predetermined update order. As a result, the number of detections by the first start winning detection sensor SE1 (ordinary winning detection sensor SE4) is updated for the first storage area PA1 (second storage area PA2) that is different for each unit time. The main control CPU 60a determines whether or not a start winning error (ordinary winning error) has occurred based on the number of detections stored in one first storage area PA1 (second storage area PA2). Based on the total number of detections stored in the first storage area PA1 (second storage area PA2) of two or more (all 20 in the first embodiment) in which the update order is continuous, the start prize error (ordinary prize error) ) Has occurred.

  For example, a fraudster who has altered the game area 20a allows all pachinko balls that are continuously launched to win the first start winning opening 31a (ordinary winning opening 34a), so that a lot of winning balls When trying to illegally acquire the chance of determination per special figure, an update area designated by the main control CPU 60a corresponding to the pointer value among the plurality of first storage areas PA1 (a plurality of second storage areas PA2) The number of detections by the first start winning detection sensor SE1 (ordinary winning detection sensor SE4) stored in is exceeded 19 times as the allowable upper limit within 1 minute and reaches 20 times. The main control CPU 60a executes a winning determination process (step S506 in FIG. 10) every time detection by the first start winning detection sensor SE1 (ordinary winning detection sensor SE4) occurs, and the number of detections stored in the update area When the number of detections of 20 times or more exceeding the allowable upper limit number is stored, it is determined that a start winning error (ordinary winning error) has occurred.

  In addition, for example, an unauthorized person who has altered the game area 20a is relatively long with an irregular launching method in which ten pachinko balls are awarded to the first start winning opening 31a (ordinary winning opening 34a) every minute. When an attempt is made to illegally acquire an award for a prize ball or special figure over time, it is stored in one first storage area PA1 (a plurality of second storage areas PA2) designated as an update area. However, the number of detections stored in two or more first storage areas PA1 (a plurality of second storage areas PA2) in which the update order is continuous reaches the allowable upper limit. On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a executes a periodic determination process (step S509 in FIG. 10) every time unit time measured by the time counter, and configures a plurality of (20 pieces) constituting the first buffer (second buffer). ) Of the first storage area PA1 (second storage area PA2) in the first storage area PA1 (second storage area PA2), which has been designated as the update area until immediately before, and the update order is two or more ( When the total number of detections stored in the first storage area PA1 (second storage area PA2) of the first storage area PA1 (second storage area PA2) in the first embodiment is 20 times or more exceeding the allowable upper limit number, It is determined that a (winning error) has occurred.

  When the main control CPU 60a determines the occurrence of the start winning error (occurrence of the normal winning error), in the command input / output process (step S109), the main control CPU 60a pays out the starting winning error specifying command (ordinary winning error specifying command). It outputs toward CPU61a and production control CPU65a. On the other hand, the payout control CPU 61a outputs a ninth information signal indicating the occurrence of the start winning error (occurrence of the normal winning error) in response to the input of the start winning error specifying command (ordinary winning error specifying command). An external output is made from the output terminal 9 of the panel 63 over a period of about 56 ms. As a result, error information indicating that a start winning error (ordinary winning error) has occurred is transmitted to the hall computer outside the machine. The payout control CPU 61a does not stop the drive control of the ball payout device 12B even if a start winning error specifying command (ordinary winning error specifying command) is input. In addition, when the start winning error designation command (ordinary prize error designation command) is input, the effect control CPU 65a starts executing the start prize error notice (ordinary prize error notice) in the notification means 17, 18, and 19. In this case, the production control CPU 65a causes the symbol display device 17 to perform a start winning error notification (normal winning error notification). Here, the specific error notification content in the symbol display device 17 does not overlap with the decorations that are stopped and displayed in the ongoing symbol variation effect in a display area smaller than the overall size of the display unit 17a. In this manner, the type display indicating the type of error (characters “over-excess pitching error (first start winning opening) α times” or “excessive pitching error (normal winning opening) α times”) is displayed. Then, the effect control CPU 65a ends only the error notification by the speaker 18 and the frame lamp 19 when 30000 ms has elapsed from the start of the excessive pitching error notification, while the error notification by the symbol display device 17 does not end until the power is turned off. To.

  That is, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the number of detections by the first start winning detection sensor SE1 that detects the pachinko ball (predetermined state) won in the first start winning opening 31a and the first start winning detection sensor SE1. And a main control CPU 60a that determines whether or not an excessive pitching error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred. Further, a first buffer constituted by a plurality of first storage areas PA1 capable of storing the number of times of detection by the first start winning detection sensor SE1 is provided in the excessive pitch error determination storage unit. Then, the main control CPU 60a designates an update area from among the plurality of first storage areas PA1, and updates the number of detections stored in the update area triggered by detection by the first start winning prize detection sensor SE1. Here, the main control CPU 60a changes the update area every elapse of a predetermined unit time in accordance with a predetermined update order in the plurality of first storage areas PA1, and uses the first storage area PA1 of the last rank as the update area. After the designation, the update area is circulated in the plurality of first storage areas PA1 by designating the first storage area PA1 in the head order as the update area. On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a generates an excessive pitch error based on the total number of detection times stored in two or more first storage areas PA1 in which the update order is continuous among the plurality of first storage areas PA1. Determine if you did. In other words, it is possible to strictly determine the occurrence of the over-throwing error by periodically updating the determination target period as to whether or not the over-throwing error has occurred.

  In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, when the main control CPU 60a determines that an excessive pitching error has occurred, the main control CPU 60a initializes the storage contents of the plurality of first storage areas PA1. That is, the main control CPU 60a can prevent the occurrence of the excessive pitching error from being repeated a plurality of times while the excessive pitching error occurs once, so that the number of occurrences of the abnormality can be accurately grasped. Can do.

  The pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment shifts to a determination target period in which the number of detections can be updated by the main control CPU 60a when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on. In other words, the occurrence of the predetermined abnormality can be grasped regardless of the timing at which the predetermined abnormality occurs by shifting to the determination target period when the power is turned on.

  In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the main control CPU 60a generates a big hit game that is advantageous to the player, triggered by detection by the first start winning detection sensor SE1. That is, a state where an action to force a pachinko ball to the first start winning opening 31a to cause a jackpot game illegally is determined as a state in which an excessive pitch error has occurred. Can do.

(When closing prizes (special prize prize error, ordinary prize prize error) occur)
The special winning portion 33 (second starting winning portion 32) provided in the game area 20a is, for example, special even if the special winning solenoid SL2 (start winning solenoid SL1) is not controlled (demagnetized state). The opening / closing mechanism of the opening / closing member 33b (starting opening / closing member 32b) breaks down, and the special opening / closing member 33b (starting opening / closing member 32b) cannot be closed. When the special opening / closing member 33b (starting opening / closing member 32b) is forcibly opened, the special winning opening 33a (second starting winning opening 32a) is opened and a pachinko ball is won, and the winning ball can be paid out. Here, in the error determination process (step S301), the main control CPU 60a is given the next jackpot game from the timing of ending the final round game of the jackpot game in the predetermined period (in the determination of the special prize winning error). This is a period up to the timing, and in the determination of the ordinary power prize error, the special prize detection sensor SE3 (second time) from the timing at which the game per game is finished to the timing at which the next game per game is started) When it is determined that the input of the detection signal from the start winning detection sensor SE2) has occurred twice or more, the occurrence of a special electric prize error (occurrence of a general electric prize error every time the second or subsequent detection signal input is determined) ). Each time the occurrence of a special power prize error (occurrence of a general power prize error) is determined, the main control CPU 60a issues a special power prize error designation command (a general power prize prize error designation command) in the command input / output process (step S109). Output to the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a. In response to this, the payout control CPU 61a sends a ninth information signal indicating the occurrence of a special power prize error error (occurrence of a general power prize error error) in response to the input of a special power prize error designation command (a general power prize error designation command). External output is performed from the output terminal 9 of the output terminal board 63 over a period of about 56 ms. As a result, error information indicating that a special power prize error (general power prize error) has occurred is transmitted to the hall computer outside the machine. The payout control CPU 61a does not stop the drive control of the ball payout device 12B even if a special power prize error designation command (a general power prize error designation command) is input.

  In addition, the effect control CPU 65a is 30,000 ms from the input timing of a predetermined special electric prize error specifying command (predetermined general electric prize error specifying command) in a predetermined period in which the special winning solenoid SL2 (starting winning solenoid SL1) is demagnetized. At the timing when a new special power prize error designation command (new public power prize error designation command) is input before the elapse of time, the special power prize prize error notification (general power prize prize error notification) is executed by the notification means 17, 18, and 19. Let it begin. In this case, the effect control CPU 65a causes special symbol winning error notification (general power winning error notification) on the symbol display device 17 to be executed. Here, the specific error notification content in the symbol display device 17 does not overlap with the decorations that are stopped and displayed in the ongoing symbol variation effect in a display area smaller than the overall size of the display unit 17a. In this way, the type display indicating the type of error (characters of “winning error at closing (special electricity)” or characters of “winning error at closing (general power)” is displayed. Then, if a new special power prize error designation command (new ordinary power prize prize error designation command) is not input during the period from the start of the closing prize-winning error notification until 30000 ms elapses, the effect control CPU 65 a When the time elapses, the closing-time winning error notification by the notification means 17, 18, 19 is terminated. On the other hand, when a new special power prize error designation command (new ordinary power prize prize error designation command) is input during the error notification period, an error caused by the speaker 18 and the frame lamp 19 occurs when 30000 ms has elapsed since the start of notification. While only the notification is terminated, the error notification by the symbol display device 17 is not terminated until the power is turned off.

(When main board error occurs)
Whether or not to grant a big hit game (game per special figure) is determined based on the value of the special figure determination random number generated by the random number generation circuit 60d of the main control board 60. Further, the determination of whether or not to give a bonus per game is made based on the value of the random number for determining the bonus per map generated by the random number generation circuit 60d of the main control board 60. Therefore, if a random number confirmation signal is not normally input from the random number generation circuit 60d to the main control CPU 60a, even if the player plays a corner game, a random number value is not acquired when the start condition is satisfied, and the game is There is a risk of being wasted. Here, the main control CPU 60a determines the occurrence of the main board error by determining a state in which the input of the random number confirmation signal from the random number generation circuit 60d to the main control CPU 60a is not normal in the error determination process (step S301). To do. In this case, the main control CPU 60a outputs a main board error designation command to the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a in the command input / output process (step S109). On the other hand, the payout control CPU 61a sends a ninth information signal indicating the occurrence of the main board error from the output terminal 9 of the external information output terminal board 63 over a period of about 56 ms in response to the input of the main board error designation command. Outputs externally. As a result, error information indicating that a main board error has occurred is transmitted to the hall computer outside the machine. The payout control CPU 61a does not stop the drive control of the ball payout device 12B even if a main board error designation command is input. In addition, the effect control CPU 65a causes the symbol display device 17, the speaker 18, and the frame lamp 19 as notification means to execute a radio wave detection sensor error notification in response to an input of the main board error designation command. In this case, the effect control CPU 65a executes main board error notification until the power is turned off. The specific error notification contents of the symbol display device 17 include a type indicating the type of error in a state where the entire surface of the display unit 17a is displayed in the same color (that is, a state where the symbol variation effect is not displayed, full screen error display). Display (letter "Main board error") and action display (character "Call me") showing how to deal with the main board error.

(When radio wave detection sensor error occurs)
The start winning units 31 and 32 provided in the game area 20a are provided with start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2 for detecting pachinko balls won in the start winning ports 31a and 32a, and an unauthorized person uses a radio wave output device. For example, by applying radio waves to the start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2, a false detection state is generated by the start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2, and a winning ball can be paid out. Games can be awarded. Here, in the error determination process (step S301), the main control CPU 60a inputs a detection signal from the radio wave detection sensor SE7 capable of detecting radio waves in the vicinity of the start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2 10 times during 5000 ms. By determining this, the occurrence of a radio wave detection sensor error is determined. In this case, the main control CPU 60a outputs a radio wave detection sensor error designation command to the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a in the command input / output process (step S109). On the other hand, in response to the input of the radio wave detection sensor error designation command, the payout control CPU 61a sends a ninth information signal indicating the occurrence of the radio wave detection sensor error in a period of about 56 ms from the output terminal 9 of the external information output terminal board 63. Output externally. As a result, error information indicating that a radio wave detection sensor error has occurred is transmitted to the hall computer outside the machine. The payout control CPU 61a does not stop the drive control of the ball payout device 12B even if the radio wave detection sensor error designation command is input. In addition, the effect control CPU 65a causes the symbol display device 17, the speaker 18, and the frame lamp 19 as notification means to execute a radio wave detection sensor error notification in response to an input of a radio wave detection sensor error designation command. In this case, the effect control CPU 65a executes radio wave detection sensor error notification until the power is turned off. The specific error notification contents of the symbol display device 17 include a type indicating the type of error in a state where the entire surface of the display unit 17a is displayed in the same color (that is, a state where the symbol variation effect is not displayed, full screen error display). Display (character of "radio wave detection sensor error") and display for countermeasures (character of "call me clerk") indicating how to deal with radio wave detection sensor error.

(When a vibration detection sensor error occurs)
The distribution unit 25 provided in the game area 20a includes a distribution unit 27, 28, 29 for distributing the pachinko ball that has entered the introduction port 26a to the first start winning port 31a and the outside of the machine, and the first distribution unit 27. And a stage 26 as a timing adjustment means for preventing the timing at which the pachinko ball arrives from being constant, and the stage 26 and the distributing units 27 and 28 when the fraudster intentionally strikes the outer surface of the pachinko machine. , 29 may change the behavior of the pachinko ball, and the frequency at which the pachinko ball is distributed to the first start winning opening 31a may be illegally increased. Here, the main control CPU 60a determines the occurrence of the vibration detection sensor error by determining that the detection signal from the vibration detection sensor SE8 is continuously input for 200 ms in the error determination process (step S301). . In this case, the main control CPU 60a outputs a vibration detection sensor error designation command to the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a in the command input / output process (step S109). On the other hand, in response to the input of the vibration detection sensor error designation command, the payout control CPU 61a sends a ninth information signal indicating the occurrence of the vibration detection sensor error in a period of about 56 ms from the output terminal 9 of the external information output terminal board 63. Output externally. As a result, error information indicating that a vibration detection sensor error has occurred is transmitted to the hall computer outside the machine. The payout control CPU 61a does not stop the drive control of the ball payout device 12B even if a vibration detection sensor error designation command is input. In addition, the effect control CPU 65a causes the symbol display device 17, the speaker 18, and the frame lamp 19 as notification means to execute vibration detection sensor error notification in response to the input of the vibration detection sensor error designation command. In this case, the effect control CPU 65a executes vibration detection sensor error notification until the power is turned off. The specific error notification contents of the symbol display device 17 include a type indicating the type of error in a state where the entire surface of the display unit 17a is displayed in the same color (that is, a state where the symbol variation effect is not displayed, full screen error display). Display (character of “vibration detection sensor error”) and action display (character of “call me”) indicating how to deal with vibration detection sensor error.

(When magnetic sensor error occurs)
The distribution unit 25 provided in the game area 20a includes a distribution unit 27, 28, 29 for distributing the pachinko ball that has entered the introduction port 26a to the first start winning port 31a and the outside of the machine, and the first distribution unit 27. And a stage 26 as timing adjustment means for preventing the arrival timing of the pachinko balls from becoming constant, and the pachinko balls are distributed to the first sorting unit 27 by the magnetism generated by the fraudulent in the magnetic generator. By adjusting the timing at which the pachinko sphere is moved, the behavior of the pachinko sphere on the stage 26 changes, and the frequency at which the pachinko sphere guided to the first sorting unit 27 is distributed to the special route 27b may be illegally increased. . Here, in the error determination process (step S301), the main control CPU 60a outputs a detection signal from the magnetic detection sensor SE6 capable of detecting magnetism in a range including the vicinity of the exit toward the first distribution unit 27 in the stage 26 for 300 ms. The occurrence of a magnetic detection sensor error is determined by determining that the data has been continuously input.

  When it is determined that a magnetic detection sensor error has occurred, the main control CPU 60a stops the execution of the game-related control process (game stop) in the game information setting / game stop process (step S110). More specifically, in response to the prohibition setting of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 7) (step S205), the measurement of various game times in the time measurement process (step S302) is stopped, and thus, It is in a state where it cannot progress the figure change display (design change effect) and the big hit game (round game). Further, by stopping the execution of the determination of whether or not the various entering detection sensors SE1, SE2, SE3, SE4, and SE5 are in the detection determination process (step S303), A state in which a trigger for a new hit judgment (judgment per special figure, judgment per common figure) cannot occur. Further, the special random number for special figure determination, the random number for special pattern variation pattern distribution, the random number for general map determination, and the random number for general pattern variation pattern distribution in the software random number update process (step S304) are not updated. To do. Furthermore, the game state cannot be shifted by stopping execution of setting processing of each value of the probability change flag, the time reduction flag, and the big hit flag in the game state switching process (step S305).

  Further, the main control CPU 60a executes acquisition of various random numbers triggered by winning at the start winning ports 31a and 32a in the special figure input processing (step S306) in response to prohibition setting of the timer interrupt processing. Stop and stop executing special figure per unit determination, special figure determination and special figure fluctuation pattern determination in special figure start processing (step S307), so that new special figure variation display (design variation effect) and big hit A state where no game can be given. Further, the execution of the update processing of the display contents of the game information display device M (the first special figure display unit Ma, the second special figure display unit Mb, and the common figure display unit Me) in the display control process (step S308) is stopped. Thus, the special information on the game information display M and the fluctuation display and the stop display of the normal figure are not updated.

  Further, the main control CPU 60a executes and stops the drive control of the start winning solenoid SL1 in the game per game in the first drive process (step S309) in response to the prohibition setting of the timer interrupt process. 2 The start winning port 32a is in a state where it cannot change from one of the open state and the closed state to the other. Furthermore, by stopping execution control of the special winning solenoid SL2 in the big hit game in the second driving process (step S310), the special winning opening 33a cannot change from one of the open state and the closed state to the other. To do. Furthermore, by stopping the drive control of the sorting motor MT2 in the third drive process (step S311), the operations of the rotary sorting bodies 27a and 29a that should perform a constant rotation operation are stopped.

  Further, when it is determined that a magnetic detection sensor error has occurred, the main control CPU 60a stops the execution of the control process related to the error determination in the game information setting / game stop process (step S110). More specifically, according to the prohibition setting of the timer interrupt process, the error detection sensors SE1, SE2, SE3, SE4, SE6, SE7, and SE8 in the detection determination process (step S303 in FIG. 7) are detected. The execution of the determination as to whether or not it is in the detection state is stopped, and the determination as to whether various errors have occurred in the error determination process (step S301 in FIG. 7) is stopped. It is assumed that the occurrence of the occurrence cannot be identified.

  When determining that a magnetic detection sensor error has occurred, the main control CPU 60a outputs a magnetic detection sensor error designation command to the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a in the command input / output process (step S109). In response to this, the payout control CPU 61a sends a ninth information signal (game stop information signal) indicating the occurrence of a magnetic detection sensor error to the output terminal 9 of the external information output terminal board 63 in response to the input of the magnetic detection sensor error designation command. To continuously external output until the power is turned off. As a result, in addition to the error information that the magnetic detection sensor error has occurred, the error information that the game stop process has been executed and the execution of the control process related to the game has been stopped (the game has been stopped) Is transmitted to.

  Here, even if the payout control CPU 61a inputs a magnetic detection sensor error designation command from the main control CPU 60a, the drive control of the ball payout device 12B does not stop. The main control CPU 60a does not stop the execution of the command input process (step S109), and does not restrict the output of the prize ball payout command command from the main control CPU 60a. However, the main control CPU 60a stops the execution of the detection determination process (step S303) as the control process related to the game in the game information setting / game stop process (step S110). Thereby, when the pachinko ball wins (enters) the entrance 31a, 32a, 33a, 34a at the timing before the main control CPU 60a determines the occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error, the occurrence of the error is determined. Even later, a prize ball payout command command from the main control CPU 60a is input to the payout control CPU 61a, and a prize ball (that is, an unpaid ball at the time of occurrence of a magnetic detection sensor error) is paid out. On the other hand, when the pachinko ball wins (enters) the entrance 31a, 32a, 33a, 34a at the timing after the main control CPU 60a determines the occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error, the entrance detection sensors SE1, SE2, SE3 , Since the detection signal input from the SE4 to the main control CPU 60a is not confirmed by the detection determination process, the payout of the winning ball due to winning after the occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error is not executed.

  In addition, the effect control CPU 65a causes the symbol display device 17, the speaker 18, and the frame lamp 19 as notification means to execute a magnetic detection sensor error notification in response to an input of a magnetic detection sensor error designation command. In this case, the effect control CPU 65a causes the magnetic detection sensor error notification to be executed until the power is turned off in the same period as the game is stopped. The specific error notification contents of the symbol display device 17 include a type indicating the type of error in a state where the entire surface of the display unit 17a is displayed in the same color (that is, a state where the symbol variation effect is not displayed, full screen error display). Display (characters of `` magnetic detection sensor error ''), display for countermeasures indicating how to deal with the magnetic detection sensor error (characters of `` call the clerk ''), and display for stopping the game indicating that the game has been stopped ( "Character has been stopped") is displayed.

  That is, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, a magnetic detection sensor (state detection means) SE6 for detecting a magnetism generation state (predetermined state) is electrically connected to the main control CPU 60a, and the main control CPU (control processing) (Execution means, abnormality determination means) 61a is a timing process, a detection determination process, a software random number update process, a game state switching process, a special figure input process, a special figure start process, a display control process and a first The third drive process is executed, and it is determined whether a magnetic detection sensor error has occurred based on the detection of the magnetic detection sensor SE6. The main control CPU 60a is configured to stop the execution of the control processing relating to the game (stop the game) when it is determined that a magnetic detection sensor error has occurred based on the detection of the magnetic detection sensor SE6. In other words, by stopping the control processing necessary to perform the game in a normal state, a privilege (big hit game etc.) cannot be obtained illegally as a result of a game based on an illegal act using a magnetic generator. can do. Here, the main control CPU 60a stops the execution of the detection determination process, the special figure input process, the special figure start process, and the like as the control processes based on the detection of the start winning detection sensors SE1 and SE2. The content decision can be stopped. Further, the main control CPU 60a stops the progress of the special symbol variation display (symbol variation effect), the big hit game, and the like in accordance with the stop of the execution of the timing process (with the stop of the game time measurement). For this reason, after the main control CPU 60a determines the occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error, it is possible to prevent a disadvantage that may occur on the amusement shop side due to an illegal act using the magnetic generator. It should be noted that at least one of execution of control processing (detection determination processing, special drawing input processing, special drawing start processing, etc.) based on the detection of the start winning detection sensors SE1, SE2 and the timing processing is executed. By stopping, it is possible to surely prevent the disadvantage of the amusement shop side due to fraud. And it becomes possible to prevent the said illegal act reliably during operation | movement of the pachinko machine 10 by stopping the control processing regarding a game until a power supply interruption.

  The pachinko machine 10 stores the game time measured at the time of execution stop in the main control RAM 60c as a storage means when the execution of the time measuring process by the main control CPU 60a is stopped. When the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is interrupted in the state stored in the RAM 60c and restarted, the main control is performed to measure the game time in the time measurement process based on the game time stored in the backup area of the main control RAM 60c. The CPU 60a can be resumed. That is, since the game that has been stopped in response to the occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error as an abnormality of the pachinko machine 10 can be resumed after the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is resumed, the occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error A player who has not committed fraud does not feel distrust with the game store side's actions.

  Here, the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment stops the execution of the detection determination process by the main control CPU 60a when the main control CPU (stop means) 60a stops the execution of the control process related to the game. The execution of the command input / output process by the CPU 60a is not stopped, and the execution of the drive control of the ball payout device 12B by the payout control CPU 61a is not stopped. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment has the entrances 31a, 32a, 33a generated before the main control CPU (abnormality determination means) 60a determines that a magnetic detection sensor error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred. , 34 a when a payout of a pachinko ball (prize ball) triggered by a predetermined winning (winning ball) is not executed at the time of the determination (when there is an unpaid ball) (main control CPU) ) Even when the game time measurement by 60a is stopped, the payout of the unpaid ball (prize ball) triggered by the predetermined winning (ball) is executed, while the main control CPU (abnormality determination means) ) Pachinko balls are not paid out in response to winning (entrance) to the entrance 31a, 32a, 33a, 34a that occurs after it is determined by 60a that a magnetic detection sensor error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred. It is configured as follows. That is, when a magnetic detection sensor error occurs in the pachinko machine 10, the progress of the game is stopped as the game time measurement is stopped, and the occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error is determined (the game time measurement is It is possible to prevent payout of winning balls for winnings (winning balls) that occur after the point of stoppage. Therefore, when the main control CPU (abnormality determination means) 60a determines the occurrence of a magnetic detection sensor error in the pachinko machine 10, it corresponds to the subsequent winning (entrance) to the entrance 31a, 32a, 33a, 34a. By restricting the payout of pachinko balls (prize balls), operations by fraudsters can be surely stopped. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the game store from being disadvantaged after the occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error is determined. On the other hand, with the winning (entry) that occurred before the time when the occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error was determined (when the game time measurement was stopped), the specified number of gaming balls as the winning ball was surely paid out. Can prevent a player's disadvantage.

  In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, when the main control CPU (abnormality determination means) 60a determines that a magnetic detection sensor error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred, the main control CPU (stop means) 60a While the execution of the first and second drive processes and the execution of the detection determination process are stopped, the command input / output process (output of a prize ball payout command command) by the main control CPU (payout information output means) 60a, the payout The drive control of the ball dispensing device 12B by the control CPU (dispensing control means) 61a is executed regardless of whether a magnetic detection sensor error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred. In other words, the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment is configured to drive and control a plurality of types of driving means, but when a magnetic detection sensor error (predetermined abnormality) occurs, the driving control of all the driving means is collectively performed. Instead of stopping execution, the drive control of the ball dispensing device 12B is not stopped. In this case, the command input process by the main control CPU 60a is not stopped. In contrast, the detection determination process by the main control CPU 60a is stopped. By doing so, winning (winning) to the entrance 31a, 32a, 33a, 34a generated after the main control CPU (abnormality determination means) 60a determines that a magnetic detection sensor error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred. The pachinko ball is not paid out by the ball) and the payout of the unpaid ball existing at the time when the main control CPU (abnormality determination means) 60a determines that a magnetic detection sensor error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred. Is configured to be executed. That is, the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment occurs after the time when the main control CPU 60a determines the occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error without changing the command input / output processing by the main control CPU 60a or the control content by the payout control CPU 61a. The payout of the pachinko ball (prize ball) for the winning (win ball) can be stopped.

  On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment is the result of detection determination processing by the payout control CPU (another detection determination unit) 61a (detection of the full detection sensor SE9 and the front frame opening detection sensor SE10 as another state detection unit). ), When the payout control CPU (another abnormality determining means) 61a determines that a full error (abnormality) or a front frame opening error (abnormality) has occurred, the ball by the payout control CPU (payout control means) 61a While the execution of drive control of the payout device (ball payout means) 12B is stopped, a full error (abnormality) or a front frame opening error (abnormality) occurs in the detection determination processing by the main control CPU (detection determination means) 60a. It is executed regardless of whether it is determined that it has been performed. That is, the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment is detected by the main control CPU 60a depending on whether a magnetic detection sensor error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred, a full error (abnormality), or a front frame opening error (abnormality) has occurred. Whether or not to stop the execution of the determination process and whether or not to stop the execution of the drive control of the ball paying device (ball paying means) 12B can be made different.

  In addition, a second start winning detection for detecting a pachinko ball winning (second state) to the second start winning opening 32a during a period in which the second start winning opening (variable ball opening) 32a is closed. Sensor (ball entry detecting means) SE2, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not a general electric winning error has occurred based on the detection of the second start winning detection sensor SE2, and the second start Based on the detection of the winning detection sensor SE2, the main control CPU (control process execution means) 60a executes control processes (detection determination process, special figure input process, special figure start process, etc.) relating to the game. Further, the pachinko machine 10 includes a full detection sensor SE9 and a front frame opening detection sensor SE10, and a full error and a front frame opening error occur based on the detection of the full detection sensor SE9 and the front frame opening detection sensor SE10. The payout control CPU (abnormality determination means) 61a executes such determination processing. Then, when the main control CPU (second abnormality determination means) 60a determines that a magnetic detection sensor error (another abnormality) has occurred, the main control CPU 60a executes a process for determining whether or not a general power prize error has occurred. While the execution of the control process relating to the game or the game is stopped, the execution of the process for determining whether a full error or a front frame opening error has occurred by the payout control CPU 61a is continued. That is, control processing (detection determination processing, special drawing input processing, special drawing start processing, etc.) that is performed based on the winning of a pachinko ball to the second start winning opening 32a when it is determined that a general electric winning error has occurred. Can be stopped, so that when a fraudulent attempt is made to win a pachinko ball in the second start winning opening 32a illegally, it is possible to prevent the damage caused by the fraud. On the other hand, by executing the process of determining whether a full error or a front frame opening error has occurred by the payout control CPU 61a, it is possible to grasp the occurrence of a full error or a front frame opening error when a magnetic detection sensor error has occurred. can do. That is, in a state where a magnetic detection sensor error has occurred, by making it possible to determine whether a full error has occurred, execution of the determination of whether a main power winning error has occurred by the main control CPU 60a has been stopped. Even if it becomes, it can grasp | ascertain generation | occurrence | production of the full error which the storage amount of the pachinko ball in the ball trays 14 and 15 becomes excessive. In addition, in the state where a magnetic detection sensor error has occurred, the execution of the determination of whether the main control CPU 60a has generated a general power prize error has been stopped by making it possible to determine whether the front frame opening error has occurred. Even in the state, it is possible to grasp the occurrence of the front frame opening error where the front frame 13 is not in the closed position.

  Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the payout control CPU (external output means) 61a receives a second information signal indicating the payout of the prize ball as an information signal related to the game, and a winning to the start winning ports 31a and 32a. The third information signal and the fourth information signal indicating the occurrence, the fifth information signal indicating the occurrence of the winning to the special winning opening 33a, the sixth information signal indicating the period in which the big hit game is given, the big hit game and the probability change The seventh information signal indicating the period in which the state is given and the eighth information signal showing the period in which the big hit game and the short time state are given to the hall computer outside the machine via the output terminal of the external information output terminal board 63 The payout control CPU (external output means) 61a is controlled by the main control CPU (stop means) 60a in accordance with control processing (timekeeping processing, detection determination processing, software) 9th information signal (game stop information signal) indicating that the execution of the number update process, the game state switching process, the special figure input process, the special figure start process, the display control process and the first to third drive processes) is stopped Is output. Thereby, it can be easily grasped by the hall computer outside the machine according to the input of the ninth information signal that the pachinko machine 10 has stopped the control processing relating to the game.

  Here, the payout control CPU (external output means) 61a, when the main control CPU (stop means) 60a stops the execution of the control process related to the game, the ninth information signal indicating that the control process has been stopped. It is configured to output (game stop information signal) until the power is turned off (until a predetermined output end condition is satisfied). Further, the main control CPU (stop means) 60a is operated by the main control CPU (control processing execution means) 60a when the main control CPU (second abnormality determination means) 60a determines that a magnetic detection sensor error has occurred. The control process related to the game is configured to stop until the power is turned off. Thereby, when a magnetic detection sensor error occurs in the pachinko machine 10, it is possible to prevent the game shop from being disadvantaged due to an illegal act using the magnetism generation device. Further, the external output means outputs the game stop information signal until the power is turned off (until a predetermined output end condition is satisfied), so that in the hall computer outside the machine, the control process related to the game is stopped in the pachinko machine 10 It can be grasped corresponding to the input period of the ninth information signal (game stop information signal).

  In addition, the payout control CPU (external output means) 61a performs main board error, radio wave detection sensor error, vibration detection sensor error as an error (abnormality) in which the main control CPU (stop means) 60a does not stop execution of control processing relating to the game. When the main control CPU (second abnormality determination means) 60a determines that a special power prize error, a general power prize error, a start prize error, or a normal prize error has occurred, a ninth error indicating that the other error has occurred The information signal is output through the output terminal 9 which is the same output terminal as when the execution of the control processing related to the game is stopped, and the time (about 56 ms) determined corresponding to the special electric prize error or the general electric prize error is As a result, the output of the ninth information signal is stopped. That is, a ninth information signal (game stop information signal) indicating that the control process related to the game has been stopped due to the occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error, and a ninth information signal when an error that does not stop the control process related to the game occurs Can be output from the same output terminal 9 of the external output means to the outside of the machine in an identifiable manner.

  In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the presentation control CPU (display control means) 65a is triggered by the fact that the main control CPU (second abnormality determination means) 60a determines that a magnetic detection sensor error has occurred. When the execution of the control processing relating to the game by the main control CPU (control processing execution means) 60a is stopped, an error display (full screen error display) is displayed in a form in which the decorative drawing (symbol) becomes invisible on the display unit 17a. The error display is configured to continue until the pachinko machine 10 is turned off. Thus, the error display displayed on the display unit 17a as the magnetic detection sensor error notification makes the display of the decorative drawing on the display unit 17a invisible. That is, since the error notification of the magnetic detection sensor error can be performed in a conspicuous manner on the display unit 17a, the occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error can be surely made known. Also, by continuing the magnetic detection sensor error notification until the power-off at which the game-related control process is stopped, it is possible to identify that the game-related control process has been stopped corresponding to the execution period of the error notification. It can be.

  In addition, in the display unit 17a of the symbol display device 17 serving as a notification unit that performs a magnetic detection sensor error notification in response to the determination of the occurrence of a magnetic detection sensor error by the main control CPU (second abnormality determination unit) 60a, It is possible to identify that the progress of the game has been stopped (the execution of the timing process as a control process related to the game has been stopped) by the character display of `` stopped '', while the game whose progress has been stopped has been It is configured to notify the magnetic detection sensor error in a form incapable of being resumed. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the player from being confused by complicating the content displayed on the symbol display device 17 as the magnetic detection sensor error notification (increasing the amount of information).

  Here, in the symbol display device 17 of the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, it is possible to identify the execution stop of the control processing relating to the game (specifically, displaying the characters “game has been stopped”). When notifying the magnetic detection sensor error, but also performing the special power prize error notification or the general power prize error notification, the special power prize error notification or the general power prize error notification has occurred by displaying characters indicating the type of error. It is configured to do this in an identifiable manner. As a result, when a magnetic detection sensor error occurs in the pachinko machine 10, the execution of the control processing relating to the game is stopped, so that the illegal operation using the magnetic generation device is performed after the occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error is determined. Accordingly, it is possible to reliably prevent a disadvantage that may occur on the game store side. In addition, when a magnetic detection sensor error occurs, a magnetic detection sensor error notification is provided in a manner that can identify that the control processing related to the game has been stopped, thereby informing the player that the control processing has been stopped. It can be surely grasped. On the other hand, by notifying that a closing prize error has occurred by special power prize error notification or general power prize error notification, it is possible to make the player know that the control processing related to the game has not been stopped. In the magnetic detection sensor error notification, the character “magnetic detection sensor error” is displayed and the magnetic detection sensor error notification is performed in such a manner that the magnetic detection sensor error can be identified. When the sensor error notification is performed, it is possible to make the player surely understand the occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error that triggered the stop of the control process related to the game.

  In addition, the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment is configured such that the symbol display device 17 as the notification means, the speaker 18 and the frame lamp 19 perform over-throwing error notification, and the speaker 18 and the frame lamp 19 While over-throwing error notification is terminated as the predetermined time elapses, over-throwing error notification by the symbol display device 17 continues even after the predetermined time elapses. That is, it is possible to clearly notify that an excessive pitching error has occurred until a predetermined time has elapsed, and it is possible to easily change the notification mode in the pachinko machine 10 as the predetermined time elapses. .

  Next, Example 2 will be described with reference to FIGS. In addition, in the following description, about the same structure as the pachinko machine 10 demonstrated in Example 1, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected and detailed description is abbreviate | omitted. The pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment includes the type of entrance (the type of the entrance detection sensor (see FIG. 15)) to be determined as an excess entry error, and the control details relating to the excess entry error determination ( 14) is different from the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment (second determination process). Further, the pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment is a process related to a special figure executed by the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment (for example, a special figure input process, a special figure start process, a special figure display control process, etc.), Unlike the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the second and third driving processes, the special electric prize error determination process, and the like are not performed, and the probability variation state and the short time state do not occur. This is different from the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment in that the determination process is performed on a plurality of variable winning portions 93, 94, 95 (a plurality of variable entrances 93a, 94a, 95a).

  Here, in the second embodiment, the main control CPU 60a functions as a control process execution unit that executes a predetermined control process (game control process) related to a game and a predetermined control process (error control process) related to an error determination. . Further, the main control CPU 60a is configured to use the ordinary sensor (state detecting means, first state detecting means, and incoming ball detecting means) SE21, and universal sensor (state detecting means, second state detecting means, incoming ball). Detection means) Acts as an occurrence means for generating a game state advantageous to the player (game per game) triggered by detection by SE241 and SE242, and causes a game state advantageous for the player (game per game) It functions as a hit determination means for performing such a hit determination as triggered by the detection by the respective map sensors SE21, SE241, SE242. In addition, the main control CPU 60a functions as an abnormality determination unit that determines whether or not an excessive pitching error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred, triggered by detection by the general-purpose sensors SE21 and SE242. The main control CPU 60a functions as a second abnormality determination unit that determines whether a magnetic detection sensor error (another abnormality) has occurred, triggered by the detection of the magnetic detection sensor. Further, the main control CPU 60a functions as a stopping means for stopping execution of a predetermined control process (stopping the game) when it is determined that a magnetic detection sensor error has occurred. Further, regarding the determination as to whether or not an excessive pitching error has occurred, the main control CPU 60a of the second embodiment functions as an area designating unit that designates an update area from among the plurality of third storage areas PA3. Also, the main control CPU 60a serves as a detection number update means for updating the number of detections stored in the update area (third storage area PA3) designated by the main control CPU 60a, triggered by detection by the universal sensors SE21 and SE242. It is functioning.

  The pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment is provided with the operation ports 91a, 92a, 93a, 94a, 96a, and 97a as an entrance of the pachinko ball as an entrance for the usual figure as a entrance, and is separate from the operation port. Are provided with a variable winning opening 95a and normal winning openings 98a and 99a. In addition, fixed operating ports (operating ports) 91a, 92a, 96a whose opening dimensions do not change and variable operating ports 93a, 94a, 97a whose opening sizes can be changed are provided as the operating ports. In the second embodiment, the fixed operation ports 91a, 92a, 96a are gate-shaped fixed operation ports 91a, 92a for guiding the passing pachinko balls to the inside of the game area 20a, and the passing pachinko balls are provided in the game area 20a. A hook-shaped fixed operation port 96a for guiding (discharging) to the outside is provided. Each entrance of the variable winning port 95a and the variable operation ports 93a, 94a, 97a has a one-to-one correspondence with any one of a plurality of types of common symbol judgments (first to fourth common symbol judgments). The pachinko ball is configured to be opened when the corresponding common map hit determination results in a hit hit determination result.

  As shown in FIG. 12, an annular (frame-like) decorative body 100 having an opening 100a that opens in the front-rear direction is attached to the game board 20 at the approximate center of the game area 20a surrounded by the guide rails 22. The display unit 17a of the symbol display device 17 attached to the rear side of the game board 20 faces the front side of the game board 20 through the opening 100a of the decorative body 100. The decorative body 100 is provided with a sorting and fixing operating port 96a and a bag variable operating port 97a as operating ports. Also, below the decorative body 100 in the game area 20a, a left gate portion 91 having a left fixed operation port 91a as an operation port and a right gate portion 92 having a right fixed operation port 92a as an operation port are set to the left and right. It arrange | positions so that it may space apart. Furthermore, at the lower right position of the decorative body 100 in the game area 20a (the lower right edge of the game area 20a), an upper variable winning portion 93 having an upper variable operation port 93a as an operation port, and a middle variable as an operation port. A middle variable winning portion 94 having an operating port 94a and a lower variable winning portion 95 having a variable winning port 95a are arranged so as to be separated from each other in order from the top. Furthermore, a first normal winning portion 98 having a first normal winning opening 98a is disposed at a position below the left gate portion 91 in the gaming area 20a (above the out opening 23), and a decoration in the gaming area 20a. A second ordinary winning portion 99 having a second ordinary winning opening 99a is disposed at a lower left position of the body 100 (lower left edge portion of the game area 20a).

  Here, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment, the upward change is triggered when the pachinko ball launched by the player into the first ball flow path 21a enters the left fixed operation port 91a (left gate portion 91). A first game form in which the operating port 93a (upper variable winning portion 93), the middle variable operating port 94a (middle variable winning portion 94), and the variable winning port 95a (lower variable winning portion 95) are sequentially opened, and the player When the pachinko ball launched into the first ball flow path 21a enters the sorting fixed working port 96a (sorting rolling unit 96), the kite variable working port 97a (the kite variable winning unit 97), the middle variable A second game form in which the operation port 94a (medium variable winning portion 94) and the variable winning port 95a (lower variable winning portion 95) are sequentially opened, and the pachinko ball that the player has launched into the second ball flow path 21b is on the right. Having entered the fixed operating port 92a (right gate portion 92) As a machine, a third game mode in which the kite variable operating port 97a (the kite variable winning portion 97), the middle variable operating port 94a (the middle variable winning portion 94), and the variable winning port 95a (the lower variable winning portion 95) are sequentially opened. With this, it is possible to play a game.

  Then, the upper variable winning portion 93 is configured so that the pachinko ball can enter the upper variable operation port 93a by the upper opening / closing operation member 93b being changed to the open state in accordance with the driving of the upper variable solenoid SLt as the driving means. It is configured. Further, the middle variable winning portion 94 is configured such that the pachinko ball can enter the middle variable operation port 94a by changing the middle opening / closing operation member 94b to the open state in accordance with the driving of the middle variable solenoid SLm as the driving means. It is configured. Further, the lower variable winning portion 95 is configured so that the pachinko ball can enter the variable winning opening 95a by changing the lower opening / closing operation member 95b to the open state in accordance with the driving of the lower variable solenoid SLu as the driving means. It is configured. Further, the kite variable winning portion 97 allows the pachinko ball to enter the kite variable operation port 97a by changing the kite opening / closing operation member 97b to the open state in accordance with the driving of the kite variable solenoid SLh as the driving means. It is provided as follows.

(About decorative body 100)
As shown in FIG. 12, the decorative body 100 has a hook-like portion 100b that protrudes forward from the front surface of the game board 20 and defines the inner periphery of the game area 20a, and extends outward from the rear edge of the hook-like portion 100b. And a thin plate-like base plate portion 100c. The bowl-shaped part 100b is provided so as to surround the outer periphery of the opening part 100a, and restricts the pachinko ball flowing down the game area 20a from entering the inside of the opening part 100a (that is, the front side of the display part 17a). doing. This decorative body 100 is provided in a lower part of the inner periphery of the opening 100a, and a distribution rolling part 96 (described later) on which a pachinko ball can roll, the distribution rolling part 96 (opening 100a), and a game area A ball introduction passage 101 formed in the bowl-shaped portion 25b so as to communicate with 20a (the first ball flow path 21a), and a pachinko ball that has entered the entrance opening to the bowl-like portion 100b in the ball introduction passage 101 The sphere can be led out from the outlet of the sphere introduction passage 101 toward the sorting rolling part 96. The distribution rolling unit 96 irregularly rolls the pachinko balls guided from the ball introduction passage 101, and finally enters one of the distribution fixing operation port 96a and the plurality of second out ports 96b. Specifically, the pachinko balls are made to enter the sorting fixed operation port 96a with a probability of about 30% and enter any one of the plurality of second out ports 96b with a probability of about 70%. It is configured to make a sphere. Also, on the right side of the bowl-shaped part 100b in the decorative body 100, a bowl variable prize-winning part 97 (described later) having a bowl variable operating port 97a as a ball entrance (operating port) is provided. Further, the decorative body 100 includes various sensors for detecting pachinko spheres (second sensor 2 222 for the second general FIG. 2, sensor SE 242 for the second general FIG. 4 and a sphere introduction detection sensor SE 26), and will be described later as drive means. A variable solenoid SLh is provided.

  In the game area 20a, the first ball flow path 21a in which the pachinko ball flows down the left side of the bowl-shaped portion 100b in the decorative body 100, and the pachinko ball flows down to the right side of the bowl-shaped portion 100b in the decorative body 100. It is partitioned into a second spherical flow path 21b. The pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment has a left pachinko ball that flows to the left when the pachinko ball flows down the first sphere flow path 21a (when the pachinko ball flows down the second sphere flow path 21b). Fixed operation port 91a (left gate unit 91), distribution fixed operation port 96a (distribution rolling unit 96), first normal winning port 98a (first normal winning unit 98) and second normal winning port 99a (second When the pachinko ball flows down the second ball flow path 21b (when it hits right), the pachinko ball is configured to increase the possibility that the pachinko ball will win (win) the normal winning portion 99). Compared with the case of flowing down the first ball flow path 21a, the right fixed operating port 92a (right gate portion 92), the upper variable operating port 93a (upper variable winning portion 93), the middle variable operating port 94a (middle variable winning portion 94). ), Variable prize opening 95a (lower variable prize winning part 95) and kite variable operation opening 97 It is configured to increase the possibility that a pachinko ball will win (win) a (a variable winning portion 97).

(About left gate 91)
As shown in FIG. 12, the left gate portion 91 is provided with a left fixed operation port (left gate port) 91a through which a pachinko ball can pass (enter) vertically, and passes through the left fixed operation port 91a. An ordinary sensor SE21 (see FIG. 15) is provided as an entrance detection sensor (entrance detection means) for detecting a pachinko ball to be detected. This FIG. 1 sensor SE21 is electrically connected to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). When the main control CPU 60a determines in the detection determination process that a detection signal is input from the universal sensor SE21 (ie, when a pachinko ball enters the left fixed operation port 91a). ) In the general map input process, various random values (the first general map determination random number, the first general map determination random number, and the first general map variation pattern distribution random number) as the operation entry information. Each value) is acquired and stored in the first working storage area of the main control RAM 60c. Note that the first operation storage area of the main control RAM 60c has a predetermined upper limit number of operation entry information as operation hold information when it is determined that a detection signal is input from the sensor SE21 for FIG. In this case, it is possible to store (hold) up to 4) in time series. For this reason, when it is determined in the detection determination process that the detection signal is input from the general-purpose sensor SE21, the main control CPU 60a performs the operation entry information in the first operation storage area in the general-purpose input process. It is confirmed whether the number of stored (operation hold information) (hold number) has reached the upper limit, and only when the upper limit has not been reached, new operation entry information is stored in the first operation storage area and the first Update (add) numerical information indicating the current storage number (holding number) in the working storage area. In addition, the main control CPU 60a displays the number of storages (holding number) in the first working storage area in the display control process in accordance with the increase in the number of working entry information stored in the first working storage area. The display contents of the general map hold display section Mi (see FIG. 12) are updated. Then, the main control CPU 60a reads and reads out the operation entry information stored first in the operation entry information (operation hold information) stored in the main control RAM 60c in the illustration input process in the illustration start process. In accordance with the operation entry information, the first base map determination (the first base map lottery) is executed, and the first base map change display corresponding to the result of the first base map determination is the first. Decided the universal map and the fluctuation pattern of the universal map to be stopped and displayed on the universal map display section Mh (see FIG. 12), and set the universal map variation pattern designation command according to the determined universal map and the universal map variation pattern A general variation pattern designation command is output to the effect control CPU 65a in accordance with the start timing of the general variation display. On the other hand, the effect control CPU 65a is configured to display on the symbol display device 17 a variation display based on a decorative symbol (decorative symbol) corresponding to the universal symbol with contents specified by the common symbol variation pattern designation command. . Further, the main control CPU 60a updates (subtracts) numerical information indicating the current stored number (holding number) in the first working storage area in which the read working entry information is stored. Further, the main control CPU 60a updates the display contents of the first map holding display section Mi in the display control process in accordance with the decrease in the number of stored operation entry information in the first operation storage area. Here, the main control CPU 60a is configured to make a first hit determination with a probability of winning in about 1/78. Then, in the case where a game per base drawing is given in response to the first base winning determination being a winning determination result, the upper variable solenoid SLt provided in the upper variable winning portion 93 is provided in the first driving process. Is switched from the demagnetized state to the excited state (the upper opening and closing operation member 93b is changed from the closed state to the open state to open the upper variable operation port 93a), and the elapse of a predetermined normal power open time or the specified number (Example) The upper variable solenoid SLt is switched from the excited state to the demagnetized state when four pachinko balls enter (2 in 2) as an opportunity (the upper opening / closing operation member 93b is changed from the open state to the closed state to close the upper variable operation port 93a. ). Note that the main control CPU 60a turns on the first right-handed display portion Mp (see FIG. 12) provided in the game information display M during at least the period including the entire period in which the upper variable solenoid SLt is excited. By executing the display control process, the player is encouraged to launch a pachinko ball toward the second ball flow down path 21b.

(Upper variable prize winning part 93)
As shown in FIG. 12, the upper variable winning portion 93 is provided with an upper variable operation port 93a through which a pachinko ball can win (win), a closed state in which the upper variable winning port 93a is closed, and an open state in which the upper variable winning port 93a is opened. An upper opening / closing operation member 93b that can change to a state, and an upper drive unit that changes the upper opening / closing operation member 93b from a closed state to an open state when the above-mentioned first universal hit determination results in a hit determination result. A variable solenoid SLt and a first universal sensor SE221 (see FIG. 15) as a ball detection sensor (ball detection means) for detecting a pachinko ball that has entered the upper variable operation port 93a are provided. Yes. Here, the upper variable solenoid SLt and the first FIG. 2 sensor SE221 are electrically connected to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). When the main control CPU 60a determines in the detection determination process that a detection signal is input from the first universal sensor SE221 (that is, the pachinko ball has entered the upper variable operation port 93a). When it occurs, a prize ball payout command command as a payout information signal is output to the payout control board 61 to cause the ball payout device 12B to pay out a specified number of pachinko balls (prize balls). Also, in the general map input process, each random number value (second random number for determination per general map, second random number for general map determination, and second random number for distribution to the general pattern variation pattern) as the operation entry information. Value) is acquired and stored in the second working storage area of the main control RAM 60c. The second operation storage area of the main control RAM 60c is activated when it is determined that a detection signal is input from the first general-purpose sensor SE221 or the second general-purpose sensor 222 described later. The ball information can be stored (held) in time series up to a predetermined upper limit number (four in the embodiment) as operation hold information. Therefore, if the main control CPU 60a determines in the detection determination process that the detection signal is input from the first sensor 2221 for the general map 2, the main control CPU 60a operates in the second operation storage area in the general map input process. Check whether the number (holding number) of the entry information (operation hold information) has reached the upper limit, and store new operation entry information in the second operation storage area only when the upper limit has not been reached. The numerical information indicating the current stored number (holding number) in the second working storage area is updated (added). In addition, the main control CPU 60a displays the number of storages (holding number) in the second working storage area in the display control process in accordance with the increase in the number of stored working ball information in the second working storage area. The display content of the general map hold display section Mk (see FIG. 12) is updated. Then, the main control CPU 60a reads and reads out the operation entry information stored first in the operation entry information (operation hold information) stored in the main control RAM 60c in the illustration input process in the illustration start process. According to the operation entry information, the second common map determination (second lottery per lottery) is executed, and the second map variation display result corresponding to the second general map determination result is the second. Decided the general map and the general pattern variation pattern to be stopped and displayed on the general map display section Mj (see FIG. 12), and set the general diagram variation pattern designation command according to the determined general diagram and the general diagram variation pattern A general variation pattern designation command is output to the effect control CPU 65a in accordance with the start timing of the general variation display. On the other hand, the effect control CPU 65a is configured to display on the symbol display device 17 a variation display based on a decorative symbol (decorative symbol) corresponding to the universal symbol with contents specified by the common symbol variation pattern designation command. . Further, the main control CPU 60a updates (subtracts) numerical information indicating the current stored number (holding number) in the second working storage area in which the read working entry information is stored. In addition, the main control CPU 60a updates the display content of the second map holding display unit Mk in the display control process in accordance with the decrease in the number of stored operation entry information in the second operation storage area. Here, the main control CPU 60a is configured to make a second hit determination with a probability of winning at 1/99 (or 99/100, etc.). Then, in the case where a game per base drawing is given in response to the fact that the second base hit determination is a hit determination result, a medium variable solenoid SLm provided in the medium variable winning portion 94 is provided in the first driving process. Is switched from the demagnetized state to the excited state (the middle opening / closing operation member 94b is changed from the closed state to the open state to open the middle variable operation port 94a), and a predetermined number of times of opening of the normal power supply or the specified number (Example) The middle variable solenoid SLm is switched from the excited state to the demagnetized state when four pachinko balls enter (2 in 2) as a trigger (the middle opening / closing operation member 94b is changed from the open state to the closed state to close the middle variable operation port 94a). ). Note that the main control CPU 60a turns on the second right-handed display portion Mq (see FIG. 12) provided in the game information display M in a period including at least the entire period in which the middle variable solenoid SLm is excited. By executing the display control process, the player is encouraged to launch a pachinko ball toward the second ball flow down path 21b.

(About the middle variable prize winning part 94)
As shown in FIG. 12, the middle variable winning portion 94 is provided with a middle variable operating port 94a through which a pachinko ball can win (win), a closed state in which the middle variable winning port 94a is closed, and an open state in which the middle variable winning port 94a is opened. When the intermediate opening / closing actuating member 94b that can change to the state and the above-mentioned second universal hit determination becomes a hit determination result, and when a later-described fourth universal hit determination becomes a hit determination result A medium variable solenoid SLm as a driving means for changing the middle opening / closing operation member 94b from a closed state to an open state, and a ball detection sensor (entrance detection means) for detecting a pachinko ball that has entered the middle variable operation port 94a. A sensor SE23 (see FIG. 15) for FIG. 3 is provided. Here, the middle variable solenoid SLm and the FIG. 3 sensor SE23 are electrically connected to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). When the main control CPU 60a determines in the detection determination process that a detection signal is input from the general-purpose sensor SE23 (that is, when a pachinko ball enters the middle variable operating port 94a). ), A prize ball payout command command as a payout information signal is output to the payout control board 61 to cause the ball payout device 12B to pay out a specified number of pachinko balls (prize balls). Also, in the general map input process, various random values (the third general map determination random number, the third general map determination random number, and the third general map variation pattern distribution random number) as the operation entry information. Value) is acquired and stored in the third working storage area of the main control RAM 60c. Note that the third operation storage area of the main control RAM 60c has a predetermined upper limit number of operation entry information as operation hold information when it is determined that a detection signal is input from the general-purpose sensor SE23 (Example). In this case, it is possible to store (hold) up to 4) in time series. For this reason, when it is determined in the detection determination process that the detection signal is input from the general-purpose sensor SE23 in the detection determination process, the main control CPU 60a performs the operation entry information in the third operation storage area in the general-purpose input process. It is confirmed whether the number of stored (operation hold information) (hold number) has reached the upper limit, and only when the upper limit has not been reached, new operation entry information is stored in the third operation storage area, and the third Update (add) numerical information indicating the current storage number (holding number) in the working storage area. In addition, the main control CPU 60a displays the number of storage (holding number) in the third working storage area in the display control process in accordance with the increase in the number of stored working entry information in the third working storage area. The display contents of the general map hold display section Mm (see FIG. 12) are updated. Then, the main control CPU 60a reads and reads out the operation entry information stored first in the operation entry information (operation hold information) stored in the main control RAM 60c in the illustration input process in the illustration start process. According to the operation entry information, the third common map determination (the third common map lottery) is executed, and the third map change display corresponding to the third general map determination result is the third Decided the general map and the normal map variation pattern to be stopped and displayed on the general map display section Ml (see FIG. 12), and set the general map variation pattern designation command according to the determined general map and the general map variation pattern A general variation pattern designation command is output to the effect control CPU 65a in accordance with the start timing of the general variation display. On the other hand, the effect control CPU 65a is configured to display on the symbol display device 17 a variation display based on a decorative symbol (decorative symbol) corresponding to the universal symbol with contents specified by the common symbol variation pattern designation command. . Further, the main control CPU 60a updates (subtracts) numerical information indicating the current stored number (holding number) in the third working storage area in which the read working entry information is stored. Further, the main control CPU 60a updates the display content of the third map holding display portion Mm in the display control process in accordance with the decrease in the number of stored operation entry information in the third operation storage area. Here, the main control CPU 60a is configured to perform the third normal hit determination with a probability of winning in 1/99 (or 99/100, etc.). Then, in the case of giving a game per base figure in response to the third base hit determination being a hit determination result, a lower variable solenoid SLu provided in the lower variable winning portion 95 is provided in the first drive process. Is switched from the demagnetized state to the excited state (the lower opening / closing operation member 95b is changed from the closed state to the open state to open the variable winning opening 95a), and a predetermined number of times of opening of the normal power supply opening time or a predetermined number (Example 2) In this case, the lower variable solenoid SLu is switched from the excited state to the demagnetized state when the four pachinko balls enter (the lower opening / closing operation member 95b is changed from the open state to the closed state to close the variable winning opening 95a). Note that the main control CPU 60a turns on the third right-handed display portion Mr (see FIG. 12) provided in the game information display M in a period including at least the entire period in which the lower variable solenoid SLu is excited. By executing the display control process, the player is encouraged to launch a pachinko ball toward the second ball flow down path 21b.

(About the lower variable prize winning part 95)
As shown in FIG. 12, the lower variable winning portion 95 is provided with a variable winning opening 95a through which a pachinko ball can win (win), and in a closed state in which the variable winning opening 95a is closed and an open state in which the variable winning opening 95a is opened. A lower opening / closing operation member 95b that can be changed, and a lower variable solenoid as a driving means for changing the lower opening / closing operation member 95b from the closed state to the open state when the above-described third universal hit determination is a hit determination result. SLu and a lower variable winning detection sensor SE25 (see FIG. 15) are disposed as a winning detection sensor (entrance detecting means) for detecting a pachinko ball that has entered the variable winning opening 95a. Here, the lower variable solenoid SLu and the lower variable winning detection sensor SE25 are electrically connected to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). Then, the main control CPU 60a determines in the detection determination process that a detection signal is input from the lower variable winning detection sensor SE23 (that is, when a pachinko ball enters the variable winning opening 95a). Further, a prize ball payout command command as a payout information signal is output to the payout control board 61 so that a specified number of pachinko balls (prize balls) are paid out by the ball payout device 12B.

(About the right gate part 92)
As shown in FIG. 12, the right gate portion 92 is provided with a right fixed operation port (right gate port) 92a through which a pachinko ball can pass (enter) up and down, and passes through the right fixed operation port 92a. A first universal sensor SE241 (see FIG. 15) is provided as an incoming detection sensor (incoming detection means) for detecting a pachinko ball to be detected. The first SE FIG. 4 sensor SE241 is electrically connected to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). When the main control CPU 60a determines in the detection determination process that a detection signal is input from the first universal Fig. 4 sensor SE241 (that is, the pachinko ball has entered the right fixed operating port 92a). In case of occurrence, the random number value (4th random number for determining per general map, 4th random number for determining general map, and 4th general pattern fluctuation pattern distribution) Each value of the random number for use) is acquired and stored in the fourth working storage area of the main control RAM 60c. The fourth operation storage area of the main control RAM 60c is activated when it is determined that a detection signal is input from the first general-purpose sensor SE241 or the second general-purpose sensor SE242 described later. The ball information can be stored (held) in time series up to a predetermined upper limit number (four in the embodiment) as operation hold information. Therefore, if the main control CPU 60a determines in the detection determination process that a detection signal is input from the first sensor 4241 for general FIG. 4, the main control CPU 60a operates in the fourth operation storage area in the general input process. Check whether the number (holding number) of the entry information (operation hold information) has reached the upper limit, and store new operation entry information in the fourth operation storage area only when the upper limit has not been reached. Then, the numerical information indicating the current storage number (holding number) in the fourth working storage area is updated (added). In addition, the main control CPU 60a displays the storage number (holding number) in the fourth working storage area in the display control process in accordance with the increase in the number of stored working ball information in the fourth working storage area. The display contents of the general map hold display section Mo (see FIG. 12) are updated. Then, the main control CPU 60a reads and reads out the operation entry information stored first in the operation entry information (operation hold information) stored in the main control RAM 60c in the illustration input process in the illustration start process. According to the operation entry information, the fourth base map determination (fourth base map lottery) is executed, and the base map variation display result corresponding to the result of the fourth base map determination is the fourth. Decided the general map and the general pattern variation pattern to be stopped and displayed on the general map display section Mn (see FIG. 12), and set the general diagram variation pattern designation command according to the determined general diagram and the general diagram variation pattern A general variation pattern designation command is output to the effect control CPU 65a in accordance with the start timing of the general variation display. On the other hand, the effect control CPU 65a is configured to display on the symbol display device 17 a variation display based on a decorative symbol (decorative symbol) corresponding to the universal symbol with contents specified by the common symbol variation pattern designation command. . Further, the main control CPU 60a updates (subtracts) numerical information indicating the current stored number (holding number) in the fourth working storage area in which the read working entry information is stored. Further, the main control CPU 60a updates the display content of the fourth map hold display portion Mo in the display control process in accordance with the decrease in the number of stored operation entry information in the fourth operation storage area. Here, the main control CPU 60a is configured to perform the fourth hitting determination with a probability of winning in about 1/67. Then, in the case where a game per game is given according to the fact that the fourth hit per game determination is a win determination result, in the first drive process, the 庇 variable solenoid SLh provided in the 庇 variable winning portion 97 Is switched from the demagnetized state to the excited state (the 庇 opening / closing operation member 97b is changed from the closed state to the open state to open the 庇 variable operation port 97a), and a predetermined number of times of opening of the normal power supply or the specified number (Example) When 4 pachinko balls enter 2 as a trigger, the heel variable solenoid SLh is switched from the excited state to the demagnetized state (the heel opening / closing operation member 97b is changed from the open state to the closed state to close the heel variable operation port 97a. ). The main control CPU 60a turns on the fourth right-handed display portion Ms (see FIG. 12) provided in the game information display M during at least the period including the entire period in which the saddle variable solenoid SLh is in the excited state. By executing the display control process, the player is encouraged to launch a pachinko ball toward the second ball flow down path 21b.

(About the distribution fixing operation port 96a of the distribution rolling part 96)
As shown in FIG. 12, the decoration body 100 is provided with a distribution fixing operating port 96a in which the pachinko ball can win (enter) in the distribution rolling part 96, and the distribution fixing operating port 96a is provided with the distribution fixing operating port 96a. A second SE FIG. 4 sensor SE242 (see FIG. 15) is provided as an entrance detection sensor (entrance detection means) for detecting a pachinko ball passing therethrough. The second SE FIG. 4 sensor SE242 is electrically connected to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). When the main control CPU 60a determines in the detection determination process that a detection signal is input from the second universal sensor SE241 (that is, the pachinko ball enters the distribution fixing operation port 96a). ), The random number values (the fourth random number for determining the general map, the fourth random number for determining the general map, and the fourth general pattern fluctuation pattern) Each value of the random number for distribution) is acquired and stored in the fourth working storage area of the main control RAM 60c. The fourth operation storage area of the main control RAM 60c is activated when it is determined that a detection signal is input from the second general-purpose sensor SE242 or the first general-purpose sensor SE241 described above. The ball information can be stored (held) in time series up to a predetermined upper limit number (four in the embodiment) as operation hold information. Therefore, if the main control CPU 60a determines in the detection determination process that a detection signal is input from the second general-purpose sensor SE242, the detection signal from the first general-purpose sensor SE241 is detected. It is configured to execute the same control process as when there is an input.

(About 庇 Variable Prize Winner 97)
As shown in FIG. 12, the kite variable winning portion 97 is provided with a kite variable operating port 97a through which a pachinko ball can win (pick), and a closed state in which the kite variable winning port 97a is closed and an opening in which it is opened. A scissors opening / closing operation member 97b that can change to a state and a scissors as drive means for changing the scissors opening / closing operation member 97b from a closed state to an open state when the above-described fourth common hit determination results in a hit determination result. A variable solenoid SLh and a second SE FIG. 2 sensor SE222 (see FIG. 15) as a ball detection sensor (ball detection means) for detecting a pachinko ball that has entered the rod variable operating port 97a are provided. Yes. Here, the saddle variable solenoid SLh and the second sensor 2222 of FIG. 2 are electrically connected to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). When the main control CPU 60a determines in the detection determination process that a detection signal has been input from the second sensor 2 for ordinary FIG. 2 (that is, the pachinko ball has entered the bag variable operating port 97a). When it occurs, a prize ball payout command command as a payout information signal is output to the payout control board 61 to cause the ball payout device 12B to pay out a specified number of pachinko balls (prize balls). Also, in the general map input process, each random number value (second random number for determination per general map, second random number for general map determination, and second random number for distribution to the general pattern variation pattern) as the operation entry information. Value) is acquired and stored in the second working storage area of the main control RAM 60c. The second operation storage area of the main control RAM 60c is activated when it is determined that a detection signal is input from the second general-purpose sensor SE222 or the first general-purpose sensor SE221 described above. The ball information can be stored (held) in time series up to a predetermined upper limit number (four in the embodiment) as operation hold information. Therefore, if the main control CPU 60a determines in the detection determination process that a detection signal is input from the second general-purpose sensor SE222, the main control CPU 60a detects the detection signal from the first general-purpose sensor SE221. It is configured to execute the same control process as when there is an input.

(Regarding the regular winning section 98,99)
As shown in FIG. 12, the first ordinary winning portion 98 is provided such that a first ordinary winning opening 98a in which a pachinko ball can be won is always opened upward, and the game area 20a (first ball flowing down) It is disposed below the left gate portion 91 in the path 21a). That is, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment, pachinko balls that have passed through the left fixed operation port 91a can enter the first normal winning port 98a with a relatively high frequency (from pachinko balls that have passed through other operation ports 92a). Can be entered at a high frequency). In addition, the second normal winning portion 99 is provided such that the second normal winning port 99a through which a pachinko ball can win is always open upward, and the lower left of the decorative body 100 in the gaming area 20a (the gaming area) The pachinko ball flowing down the first ball flow path 21a can enter the second normal winning opening 99a. The first ordinary winning portion 98 includes a first ordinary winning detection sensor SE28 (see FIG. 15) as a winning detection sensor (entrance detecting means) for detecting a pachinko ball that has won (entered) the first ordinary winning opening 98a. ) Are provided. The second ordinary winning portion 99 includes a second ordinary winning detection sensor SE29 (see FIG. 5) as a winning detection sensor (entrance detecting means) for detecting a pachinko ball that has won (entered) the second ordinary winning opening 99a. 15), respectively. These normal winning detection sensors SE28 and SE29 are electrically connected to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). The main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) receives the winning ball as a payout condition for the winning ball when the detection signals from the normal winning detection sensors SE28 and SE29 are input to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). The payout is determined, a prize ball payout command command is output to the payout control board 61, and the ball payout device 12B is made to pay out a specified number of pachinko balls (prize balls).

(About judgment of excessive pitching error (second judgment process))
The pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment is configured to be able to determine a state where the frequency of winning in the fixed operation ports (entrance entrances) 91a and 96a is excessively generated as an “operation entrance error (excess entry error)”. Has been. Here, in the second embodiment, a game ball detection sensor (game medium) capable of detecting a pachinko ball (game medium) instead of using a measurement counter that measures a unit time in determining whether an operation ball error has occurred. Detection means) An introduction number counter that counts the number of detections by SE26 and SE29 is used, and each time the value of the introduction number counter is updated a predetermined number of times (that is, the number of pachinko balls detected by game ball detection sensors SE26 and SE29) The update area designated by the main control CPU 60a (area designation means) is changed among the plurality of third storage areas PA3 constituting the third buffer (every time the predetermined number increases). Then, the main control CPU 60a (abnormality determination means) includes a ball entry detection sensor (state detection means) SE21, SE242 stored in two or more third storage areas PA3 in which the update order is continuous among the plurality of third storage areas. It is configured to determine whether or not an operation entry error (first operation entry error, second operation entry error) has occurred, based on the total number of times of detection by.

  In the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, only the pachinko balls that have flowed down the first ball flow path 21a and entered the ball introduction passage 101 provided in the decorative body 100 are guided to the sorting rolling unit 96, and About 30 percent of the pachinko balls guided to the minute rolling unit 96 are configured to be able to enter the sorting fixed operation port 96a. In other words, when the number of pachinko balls entering the sorting fixed operation port 96a is larger than the number of pachinko balls entering the ball introduction passage 101, the pachinko ball is forced to the sorting fixing operation port 96a. It can be determined that there is an extremely high possibility of cheating to enter the ball. In addition, when the pachinko ball that has entered the ball introduction passage 101 enters the distribution fixing operation port 96a with a probability far exceeding 30% (for example, 75%, etc.), It can be determined that there is a high possibility that an illegal act of forcibly entering a pachinko ball has been performed. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment has a value by the introduction number counter that counts the number of detections by the ball introduction detection sensor SE26 that detects the pachinko sphere passing through the ball introduction passage 101 (corresponding to the number of detections by the ball introduction detection sensor SE26). The period (predetermined unit counting period) until the number of pachinko balls passing through the ball introduction passage 101 increases by a predetermined number (5 in the embodiment) is measured. Then, in the determination target period, a state where the number of balls entering the sorting fixed operation port 96a exceeds the predetermined allowable upper limit number (34 in the second embodiment) during the unit counting period is referred to as “first operation. It is configured so that it can be determined as a “ball entering error (excess ball entering error)”. Further, the main control CPU 60a, in the determination target period, is a reference counting period corresponding to two or more consecutive unit counting periods (a period until the number of pachinko balls passing through the ball introduction passage 101 is increased by 50 in the second embodiment). In the same manner, the state where the number of winnings in the distribution fixed operation port 96a exceeds the predetermined allowable upper limit number (34 in the second embodiment) is also “ Sphere error) ”. It should be noted that the “determination target period” of the first actuating ball error is the number of pachinko balls detected by the ball introduction detection sensor SE26 for determining whether the first actuating ball error has occurred (periodic determination process). This is a period that is executed every time the predetermined number is increased, and the main control CPU 60a measures the unit counting period within the period of the “determination target period”.

  Further, in the second embodiment, a state in which the number of balls entering the left fixed operating port 91a exceeds the predetermined allowable upper limit number (34 in the second embodiment) in the unit counting period in the determination target period It is configured to be able to be determined as “2 operation entry error (excess entry error)”. The pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment is a so-called “left-handed” game mode in which a pachinko ball is launched into the first ball flow path 21a with the aim of entering a left fixed operation port 91a provided in the left gate portion 91. When playing a game, the pachinko ball flowing down the first ball flow path 21a wins the first normal winning port 98a and the second normal winning port 99a with a predetermined probability. Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment, an introduction number counter that counts the number of detections by the second ordinary winning detection sensor SE29 that detects a pachinko ball that wins the second ordinary winning opening 99a is used. Based on (a value corresponding to the number of times detected by the second normal winning detection sensor SE29), a period until the number of pachinko balls to be won in the second normal winning opening 99a increases by a predetermined number (five in the embodiment) (in advance) Measure the unit counting period). It should be noted that the “determination target period” of the second actuating ball error is a pachinko ball that is detected by the second normal winning detection sensor SE29 to determine whether the second actuating ball error has occurred (periodic determination process). This is a period that is executed every time the number increases by a predetermined number, and the main control CPU 60a measures the unit counting period and the reference counting period within the period of the “determination target period”. It should be noted that the “determination target period” of the second operation entrance error is a determination that the determination of the first operation entrance error described above is performed in that it ends with the occurrence of the second operation entrance error. It does not necessarily match the target period. Here, the determination by the main control CPU 60a (abnormality determination means) whether or not the second operation entry error has occurred is basically the same process as the determination of whether or not the first operation entry error has occurred (described later). 14 is executed. Therefore, in the following description regarding the determination of whether or not an excessive pitching error has occurred, the determination of the first operating pitching error will be described, and the description of the determination of the second operating pitching error will be omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 13, the excessive entry error determination storage unit is provided with an introduction number storage area PAx for storing the value of the introduction number counter, and the number of detections by the second general-purpose sensor SE242 is set to the first. A third buffer for storing the first operational ball error and a fourth buffer for storing the number of detections by the sensor SE21 for FIG. A fourth storage area PA4) (the description of the fourth buffer is omitted). The third buffer is provided with a plurality of third storage areas (storage areas) PA3, and each third storage area PA3 can store the number of detections by the second sensor 4242 for FIG. Has been. Specifically, the third buffer includes a total of ten third storage areas PA3 to which area numbers “0000H” to “000AH” are assigned. On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a designates the third storage area PA3 to be updated by the second SE FIG. 4 sensor SE242 one by one according to the condition, and the second FIG. 4 sensor 4. Each time detection by SE242 occurs, the number of detections stored in the third storage area PA3 designated at the time of occurrence of the detection is updated. Then, the main control CPU 60a detects the detection stored in one third storage area PA3 (update area) that is the update target of the number of times of detection when the detection by the second sensor 4242 for FIG. 4 occurs. Based on the number of times, it is configured to determine whether or not a first action entry error has occurred (performing a winning determination process). Further, the main control CPU 60a has two or more consecutive update orders every time a predetermined unit counting period has elapsed (every time the number of game balls detected by the ball introduction detection sensor SE26 increases by 5) (in the second embodiment). Based on the total number of detection times stored in the third storage area PA3 (all 10), it is configured to determine whether or not a first actuation ball entry error has occurred (perform a periodic determination process).

  The main control CPU 60a uses a unit counting period (in the second embodiment, the number of game balls detected by the ball introduction detection sensor SE26 increases by five for use in determining whether the winning frequency at the sorting fixed operation port 96a is excessive. The unit counting period measurement process (the process in step S602 in FIG. 14 described later) for measuring the period until the time period is measured. Specifically, the main control CPU 60a uses an introduction number counter that increments the value by “1” every time a pachinko ball is detected by the ball introduction detection sensor SE26, and the value of the introduction number counter (the ball introduction detection sensor SE26). Whether the unit counting period has elapsed is determined based on whether or not the number of pachinko balls detected by (5) has increased by a predetermined number (5 in the second embodiment) (processing in step S607 in FIG. 14 described later). It is like that. The value obtained by the introduction number counter is stored in the introduction number storage area PAx set in the main control RAM 60c (excess pitching error determination storage unit). Here, the main control CPU 60a sets an initial value (“0” in the second embodiment) as the value of the introduction number counter and starts counting by the introduction number counter (processing in step S613 in FIG. 14 described later). After starting the measurement of the first unit counting period (that is, starting the determination target period), unless the magnetic detection sensor error (another abnormality) or the normal winning error (predetermined abnormality) occurs, the pachinko machine 10 The unit counting period is continuously set until the power is turned off. In this case, the value of the introduction number counter becomes the maximum value (“5” in the second embodiment) and the unit counting period is ended, and at the same time, the next unit counting period is started (in this case) Maintains the maximum value “5” and then updates the value from the maximum value “5” to “1” when the ball introduction detection sensor SE26 detects the pachinko sphere and updates the value. Do). Here, the main control CPU 60a determines whether the pachinko machine 10 is powered on (the power switch is turned on) or triggered by the occurrence of the first operation entry error. A determination target period start process for starting the target period (processes in steps S611 to S613 in FIG. 14 to be described later) is executed.

  Further, the main control CPU 60a changes the third storage area PA3 designated as the update area every time the unit counting period elapses (every time the introduction number counter becomes the maximum value) (step in FIG. 14 described later). S608) is executed. Note that in the excessive entry error determination storage unit, a pointer storage area PAp for storing a pointer value corresponding one-to-one with any of the plurality of third storage areas PA3 is set, and the main control CPU 60a The third storage area PA3 corresponding to the pointer value of the pointer storage area PAp is designated as an update area (the processing in step S608 and step S611 in FIG. 14 described later). That is, the main control CPU 60a newly designates the third storage area PA3 corresponding to the updated pointer value as the update area by updating (changing) the pointer value stored in the pointer storage area PAp in the pointer change process. It is configured to Here, every time the pointer control process is executed, the main control CPU 60a increments the pointer value corresponding to the integer from the minimum value “0” to the maximum value “9” by one, and next to the maximum value “9”. By returning the value to the minimum value “0”, the update order of the pointer values is circulated. On the other hand, a total of ten third storage areas PA3 set in the third buffer of the excessive throwing error determination storage unit correspond to the pointer values from the minimum value “0” to the maximum value “9”. The third storage area PA3 having the area number “0000H” corresponding to “0”, which is the minimum value of the pointer value, is associated one-to-one with the area number in ascending order. The order in which the third storage area PA3 of the area number “000AH” corresponding to “9” is ranked last is defined. As a result, the main control CPU 60a changes the update area every time the unit counting period elapses according to a predetermined order in the plurality of third storage areas PA3, and at the end of the total of the ten third storage areas PA3. After designating the third storage area PA3 with the area number “000AH” as the rank as the update area, the update area is designated by designating the third storage area PA3 with the area number “0000H” as the rank order as the update area. The third storage area PA3 designated as is circulated in a total of ten third storage areas PA3. The main control CPU 60a clears and stores the third storage area PA3 newly designated as the update area every time the value of the introduction number counter reaches the maximum value “5” (every time the unit counting period elapses). The number of detected times is set to 0 (the process in step S614 in FIG. 14 described later). For this reason, the number of times of detection when the third storage area PA3 is newly designated as the update area is 0, and the number of times of detection can be accurately counted.

  Here, each time the unit counting period continuously measured by the introduction number counter elapses in the determination target period (every time the pointer value is updated), the main control CPU 60a has two or more (10 ) On the basis of the number of detections stored in each of the third storage areas PA3, a periodic determination process (process of step S609 in FIG. 14 to be described later) is executed to determine whether or not the first operation ball entry error has occurred. ing. Specifically, the main control CPU 60a performs, as a periodic determination process performed at the timing when the unit counting period ends, the third storage area PA3 designated as an update area until immediately before the determination, and the third storage area PA3. Thus, the update order is continuous in the reverse order (continuous in the direction of going back in time) and includes two or more third storage areas PA3 (all the third storage areas PA3 in the second embodiment) including at least one third storage area PA3. It is configured to determine whether or not the first operation entry error has occurred depending on whether the total number of detection times stored exceeds the allowable upper limit number (34 in the third embodiment). As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, the situation in which the pachinko ball enters the sorting fixed operating port 96a is high for a relatively long time (a time longer than one unit counting period). In such a case, it is possible to determine the occurrence of the first operation entrance error with the possibility of fraud. Then, when the main control CPU 60a determines the occurrence of the first operation entrance error, the main control CPU 60a sets the set value of the operation entrance error determination flag (one of the excessive entry error determination flags) stored in the main control RAM 60c. By changing from “0” to “1” (the process of step S610 in FIG. 14 described later), information indicating that a first actuation ball entry error has occurred is stored.

  In addition, the main control CPU 60a is triggered by the detection by the second universal sensor 4242 in the determination target period, and the number of detections stored in the third storage area PA3, which is the update area (that is, 1 being set). Each time the detection count update process (steps S603 to S605 in FIG. 14 to be described later) is updated and the detection count update process is performed (the distribution fixed operation port). (Each time a ball enters 96a), a winning determination process (in step S606 in FIG. 14 to be described later) for determining that a first operation ball error has occurred based on the number of detections stored in the update area. Processing). Specifically, the main control CPU 60a performs the second determination that occurs within the unit counting period set at the time of the determination as a winning determination process that is performed each time the detection by the second universal sensor SE242 occurs. 4 is configured to determine whether the number of times of detection by the sensor SE242 for FIG. 4 (that is, the number of times of detection stored in the update area) exceeds the allowable upper limit number. For this reason, the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment has a large number of winning pachinko balls for the sorting fixed operation port 96a when the relationship with the number of pachinko balls passing through the ball introduction passage 101 is considered in the determination target period. When a situation such as this occurs, it is possible to determine the occurrence of the first operation entry error at an early stage at the timing of winning. Then, when the main control CPU 60a determines the occurrence of the first operation entrance error, the main control CPU 60a sets the set value of the operation entrance error determination flag (one of the excessive entry error determination flags) stored in the main control RAM 60c. By changing from “0” to “1” (the processing in step S610 in FIG. 14 described later), information indicating that the first actuation ball entry error has occurred is stored in the main control RAM 60c. .

  The third buffer of the excessive ball entering error determination storage unit is the total number of times of detection by the second SE FIG. 4 sensor SE242 that occurs during the period until 50 pachinko balls are detected by the ball introduction detection sensor SE26. Are stored in ten third storage areas PA3 separately for each period until five pachinko balls are detected by the ball introduction detection sensor SE26. On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a stores the number of times of detection at the oldest time among a total of ten third storage areas PA3 set so that the update order specified in the update area circulates. The storage area PA3 is configured to be designated as a new update area for each unit counting period. That is, when the set unit counting period elapses, except for the period until the number of pachinko spheres detected by the sphere introduction detection sensor SE26 reaches 50 in the determination target period, the sphere introduction is performed at the closest timing before that point. Counting from the pachinko balls detected by the detection sensor SE26, the pachinko machine that passed the ball introduction passage 101 forty-five times before the ball introduction detection sensor SE26 detected the pachinko ball that passed the ball introduction passage 101 forty-five ago. Is stored in the third storage area PA3 that stores the number of detections (the oldest number of detections) by the second SE-4 sensor SE242 that has occurred during the unit counting period until the ball introduction detection sensor SE26 detects the value. It is designated as a new update area over a minute (unit counting period). The newly designated update area is used after the number of detections is cleared.

  Next, each process relating to the determination of the first operation entry error (excess entry error) by the main control CPU 60a will be specifically described with reference to FIG. 14 (second determination process).

  First, in step S601, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the introduction number counter is not set. Here, the state where the introduction number counter is set (determination target period) is a state where the introduction ball counting process (step S602) using the introduction number counter is periodically executed (every 4 ms). . When the main control CPU 60a determines that the introduction number counter is set (in the case of negative determination), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to the introduction ball counting process in step S602. On the other hand, when the main control CPU 60a determines that the introduction number counter is not set in step S601 (in the case of affirmative determination), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to a determination target period start process (steps S611 to S613) described later.

  Next, the main control CPU 60a determines whether detection by the ball introduction detection sensor SE26 has occurred in the introduction number counting process in step S602 (input of a detection signal from the ball introduction detection sensor SE26 in the detection determination process in step S303 in FIG. 7). When the detection by the sphere introduction detection sensor SE26 is detected, the value of the introduction number counter is incremented by 1, while it is determined that the detection by the sphere introduction detection sensor SE26 has not occurred. In this case, the value of the introduction number counter is not changed. And main control CPU60a will transfer to following step S603, after complete | finishing the introduction ball | bowl count process of this step S602. Note that when the introduction number counter is set in step S613, which will be described later, the introduction number counter is set to “0” as an initial value, and thereafter, the introduction number counter is introduced from a state where the value has reached the maximum value “5”. When the value is incremented by 1 in accordance with the ball counting process (step S602), the initial value is updated to “1” by adding 1 to “0”.

  The main control CPU 60a measures the unit counting period (updates the value of the introduction number counter) in the unit counting period measurement process (step S602), and then proceeds to step S603. In step S603 to step S605, the main control CPU 60a updates the number of detections for updating the number of detections stored in the update area (third storage area PA3) in response to the detection by the second sensor 4242 for the general map 4 in FIG. Execute the process. Specifically, in step S603, when it is determined that the detection signal from the second universal FIG. 4 sensor SE242 is input based on the determination result in the detection determination process (the process in step S303 in FIG. 7) (Yes) In the case of determination), each process of step S604 and step S605 is executed. Here, in step S604, the main control CPU 60a specifies which third storage area PA3 is the third storage area PA3 corresponding to the value of the pointer stored in the pointer storage area PAp. In step S605, the main control CPU 60a adds 1 (updates) the number of detections stored in the third storage area PA3 (update area) specified in step S604. When the detection frequency update process from step S603 to step S605 is completed, the main control CPU 60a proceeds to a winning determination process (step S606) as to whether or not a first actuation ball entry error has occurred. On the other hand, when the main control CPU 60a determines that none of the detection signals from the second universal FIG. 4 sensor SE242 is input in the processing of step S603 (in the case of negative determination), the main control CPU 60a performs step S607 described later. Transition to processing.

  In step S606, the main control CPU 60a executes a winning determination process for determining whether or not the number of detections within the set unit counting period exceeds a predetermined allowable upper limit (34 times). Here, in this step S606, the main control CPU 60a confirms the number of detections stored in the update area (predetermined third storage area PA3) and confirms the number of detections (detection within the unit counting period being set). If the (number of times) is 34 times or less, it is determined that the number of detections does not exceed the allowable upper limit number (determination is negative), and the process proceeds to step S607 to be described later. If the number of detections within the unit counting period is 35 times or more, it is determined that the number of detections exceeds the allowable upper limit number (affirmative determination), and the process proceeds to step S610. In other words, the main control CPU 60a is configured to determine that the first operation entry error has occurred by making an affirmative determination in step S606. When the main control CPU 60a determines the occurrence of the first operation entrance error in step S606, the main control CPU 60a determines the operation entry error determination flag (excess entry entrance error determination) indicating the occurrence of the first operation entrance error. One type of flag) is set to “1” in step S610. As a result, the action entry error designation command for the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a is set in step S203 of the error information setting / game stop process (FIG. 6), and the command input / output process (step S109 in FIG. 5). Is output toward the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a.

  When the main control CPU 60a makes a negative determination in the process of step S603 described above (part of the detection count determination process) or the process of step S606 described above (part of the winning determination process), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to the process of step S607. . In step S607, the main control CPU 60a determines whether the value of the introduction number counter has reached the maximum value (“5”). Here, when determining in step S607 that the value of the introduction number counter is the maximum value, the main control CPU 60a determines that the number of detections by the ball introduction detection sensor SE26 in the unit counting period has reached five. In the case), the process proceeds to step S608.

  In step S608, the main control CPU 60a updates the pointer value as the unit counting period elapses. As described above, the pointer value is a value for designating one of the third storage areas PA3 as an update area whose number of detection times is to be updated, and the minimum value “0” to the maximum value “9”. Among the integers up to, values are updated according to a predetermined order. Specifically, after “0” is set as the minimum value in step S611, which will be described later, the pointer value is basically incremented by one each time the process of step S608 is performed, and is the maximum value. Only when it reaches “9”, it is updated to the minimum value “0”. As a result, the update order of the third storage area PA3 is circulated corresponding to the value of the pointer. Note that the second embodiment is configured not to perform the processes in steps S607 and S608 when an affirmative determination is made in step S606 of the winning determination process (when it is determined that a first operation pitching error has occurred). However, if an affirmative determination is made in step S606, the processing in steps S607 and S608 may be executed.

  Then, when the process of step S608 ends, the main control CPU 60a executes a periodical determination process (step S609) as to whether or not a first operation entry error has occurred. Here, the main control CPU 60a calculates the total number of detection times stored in the ten third storage areas PA3 in step S609, and the total number exceeds the predetermined allowable upper limit number (34 times). It is determined whether or not. If the total number (the number of detections within the reference counting period when the measurement is completed) is 34 times or less, it is determined that the total number does not exceed the allowable upper limit number (determination is negative), and in step S614 described later. Transition to processing. On the other hand, if the total number of detection times is 35 or more in step S609, the main control CPU 60a determines that the total number exceeds the allowable upper limit (affirmative determination), and proceeds to step S610. Transition. That is, in step S609, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the first operation entry error has occurred depending on whether or not the number of detections in the reference counting period (20 minutes) exceeds the allowable upper limit of 34 times. It is comprised so that it may determine. Then, if the main control CPU 60a determines in step S609 that the first operation entry error has occurred, the main entry CPU error determination flag (excess entry error determination) that indicates the occurrence of the first operation entry error. One type of flag) is set to “1” in step S610. As a result, the action entry error designation command for the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a is set in step S203 of the error information setting / game stop process (FIG. 6), and the command input / output process (step S109 in FIG. 5). Is output toward the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a. If it is determined in step S606 of the above-described winning determination process that the number of detections exceeds the allowable upper limit, the total number of detections to be determined in the periodic determination process also exceeds the allowable upper limit. Therefore, in Example 2, when it is determined in the winning determination process that the first operation entry error has occurred, it is not determined whether the first operation entry error has occurred in the periodic determination process. It is configured as follows.

  Here, the main control CPU 60a determines that the first operation entrance error has occurred in either the winning determination process (step S606) or the regular determination process (step S609), and sets the operation entrance error determination flag to “ When set to “1”, a determination target period start process (step S611, step S612, and step S613) for ending the current determination target period and starting a new determination target period is executed. Specifically, in step S611, the main control CPU 60a sets the minimum value “0” as the pointer value, so that the third storage area PA3 designated as the update area corresponding to the pointer value becomes the area number “0000H”. The third storage area PA3 is set. Next, in step S612, the main control CPU 60a initializes each third storage area PA3 so that the number of detections stored in all the ten third storage areas PA3 is zero. Next, in step S613, the main control CPU 60a sets “0” that is an initial value as the value of the introduction number counter, and starts measurement by the introduction number counter. If an affirmative determination is made in step S601 described above (when the introduction number counter is not set), the process proceeds to the determination target period start process (step S611, step S612, and step S613) and the determination target period starts. Let

  The main control CPU 60a determines that the first operation entry error has not occurred in the process of step S609 (in the case of negative determination), the third storage area PA3 newly designated as the update area. Perform initialization. That is, in step S614, the main control CPU 60a specifies the third storage area PA3 (new update area) corresponding to the new pointer value by updating the pointer value in step S608 described above, and the specified third storage. The number of detections stored in the area PA3 (update area) (that is, the number of detections stored when designated in the previous update area) is cleared.

(Notification regarding the occurrence of an operational landing error)
Here, the effect control CPU 65a supervises the operation entry error notification for notifying the occurrence of the operation entry error based on the operation entry error designation command and the operation entry error designation command output from the main control CPU 60a. It is configured to control automatically. The effect control CPU 65 a controls the symbol display device 17, the speaker 18 and the frame lamp 19 in an integrated manner so as to execute an operation entry error notification corresponding to the generated first or second operation entry error. That is, the symbol display device 17, the speaker 18, and the frame lamp 19 used as effect means function as an informing means for executing the operation entry error notification. Here, the symbol display device 17 as the notification means visually recognizes the decoration drawing on the display unit 17a when it corresponds to each of the first operation entrance error and the second operation entrance error. In the obtained form, display as an error notification (small error display) is executed using only a partial area of the display unit 17a. Note that the information displayed on the symbol display device 17 as the error notification and the notification period are basically the same as the “start winning error” and “ordinary winning error” described in the first embodiment. In 2, the description is omitted.

(Operation of Example 2)
Next, the operation of the pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment will be described.

(When over-throwing error (first operating ball-in error) occurs)
In the sorting rolling part 96 provided in the game area 20a, only the pachinko balls that have passed through the ball introduction passage 101 in the decorative body 100 are guided, and the sorting fixing operating port 96a and the second out port 96b are always opened. It is provided that only about 30% of the pachinko balls guided to the distribution rolling part 96 enter the distribution fixing operation port 96a, and the remaining about 70% enter the second out port 96b. It has become. Then, for example, a fraudulent person directly inputs a large number of pachinko balls into the sorting and rolling unit 96 from the outside of the machine, or modifies the sorting and rolling unit 96 using an unauthorized tool that has entered the game area 20a. In such a case, a pachinko ball launched by the fraudulent player into the game area 20a can be put into the sorting and fixing operation port 96a with a high probability. Judgment opportunities may occur. Here, in the error determination process (step S301), the main control CPU 60a determines the predetermined period (the unit counting period until the number of detections by the ball introduction detection sensor SE26 increases by five and the number of detections by the ball introduction detection sensor SE26). When the detection signal input from the second general-purpose sensor 4242 is generated 35 times or more during the reference counting period until the number of the second normal sensor 4 increases, the occurrence of the first actuation ball error is determined. Specifically, the main control CPU 60a updates one third storage area PA3 among the plurality of third storage areas PA3 constituting the third buffer of the excessive ball entering error determination storage unit according to the value of the pointer. Specify as an area. Then, each time the value of the introduction number counter (the number of detections by the ball introduction detection sensor SE26) increases by 5 (predetermined number), the pointer value is changed, and the third storage area PA3 designated as the update area is updated in advance. Change according to the order. Thereby, the number of detections by the second FIG. 4 sensor SE242 is updated for the third storage area PA3 that is different for each unit counting period. Then, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not a first operation entry error has occurred based on the number of detections by the second FIG. 4 sensor SE242 stored in one third storage area PA3. In addition, based on the total number of detection times stored in two or more (all 10 in the first embodiment) third storage area PA3 in which the update order is continuous, whether or not the first operation entrance error has occurred Determine whether.

  For example, a fraudulent person opens all the pachinko balls passing through the ball introduction passage 101 by illegally opening the front frame 13 and directly throwing a large number of pachinko balls into the sorting rolling unit 96 from the outside of the machine. When entering the fixed operation port 96a and attempting to illegally acquire a lot of prize balls and a chance to determine per ordinary figure in a short period of time, the main control CPU 60a among the plurality of third storage areas PA3 While the number of detections by the second general-purpose sensor 4242 stored in the update area designated corresponding to the pointer value is increased by 5 (the number of detections by the ball introduction detection sensor SE26 is increased by 5). ) Exceeds the upper limit of 34 times and reaches 35 times. The main control CPU 60a executes the entry determination process (step S606 in FIG. 14) every time detection by the second universal sensor SE242 occurs, and sets the allowable upper limit number as the number of detections stored in the update area. When the number of detections exceeding 35 times is stored, it is determined that the first operation entry error has occurred.

  In addition, for example, a fraudulent person modifies the sorting and rolling unit 96 to allow a pachinko ball passing through the ball introduction passage 101 to enter the sorting fixed operation port 96a with a high probability and illegally obtain a prize ball. When trying to do so, the number of detections stored in one third storage area PA3 designated as the update area does not reach the allowable upper limit number, but in two or more third storage areas PA3 in which the update order is continuous. The stored number of detections reaches an allowable upper limit. On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a performs a periodic determination process (step S609 in FIG. 14) every time the value of the introduction number counter (number of detections by the ball introduction detection sensor SE26) increases by 5 (every unit time period elapses). 2 or more including the third storage area PA3 that has been designated as the update area and the update order is continuous among the plurality (10) of the third storage areas PA3 constituting the third buffer. When the total number of times of detection stored in the third storage area PA3 (all 10 in Example 2) is 35 times or more exceeding the allowable upper limit number, it is determined that the first operation entry error has occurred. .

  When the main control CPU 60a determines the occurrence of the first actuation ball error, the command ball input / output process (step S109) outputs the actuation ball error designation command to the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a. To do. On the other hand, the payout control CPU 61a receives a ninth information signal indicating the occurrence of the first operation entry error from the output terminal 9 of the external information output terminal board 63 for about 56 ms in response to the input of the operation entry error designation command. Output for the period of As a result, error information indicating that the first operation entry error has occurred is transmitted to the hall computer outside the machine. The payout control CPU 61a does not stop the drive control of the ball payout device 12B even if an operation ball entering error designation command is input. The effect control CPU 65a starts to execute the first operation entry error notification by the notification means 17, 18, 19 when the operation entry error designation command is input. Here, the specific error notification content in the symbol display device 17 does not overlap with the decorations that are stopped and displayed in the ongoing symbol variation effect in a display area smaller than the overall size of the display unit 17a. In this manner, the type display indicating the type of error (characters of “excess ball-in-place error (sort fixed operation port) α times”) is displayed. Then, the effect control CPU 65a ends only the error notification by the speaker 18 and the frame lamp 19 when 30000 ms has elapsed from the start of the excessive pitching error notification, while the error notification by the symbol display device 17 does not end until the power is turned off. To.

  That is, the pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment detects the second pachinko ball sensor SE241 (predetermined state) that detects a pachinko ball (predetermined state) that has entered the sorting fixed operating port 96a (or the left fixed operating port 91a). Mainly, it is determined whether or not an excessive throwing error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred based on the number of detections by the sensor SE21) for the general map 1 and the sensor SE241 for the second general map 4 (the sensor SE21 for the general map 1). And a control CPU 60a. In addition, a third buffer constituted by a plurality of third storage areas PA3 capable of storing the number of times of detection by the second sensor 4 for the general Fig. 4 (sensor SE21 for the general Fig. 1) is provided in the excessive ball entering error determination storage unit. Is provided. Then, the main control CPU 60a designates an update area from among the plurality of third storage areas PA3, and the update area is stored in response to detection by the second general-purpose sensor 4241 (common-purpose sensor SE21). Update the detection count. Here, the main control CPU 60a increases the number of pachinko balls detected by the ball introduction detection sensor SE26 (second normal winning detection sensor SE29) by a predetermined number according to a predetermined update order in the plurality of third storage areas PA3. After changing the update area every time and designating the third storage area PA3 with the last rank as the update area, the third storage area PA3 with the first rank is designated as the update area. The update area is circulated in PA3. On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a generates an excessive pitch error based on the total number of detection times stored in two or more third storage areas PA3 in which the update order is continuous among the plurality of third storage areas PA3. Determine if you did. In other words, it is possible to strictly determine the occurrence of the over-throwing error by periodically updating the determination target period as to whether or not the over-throwing error has occurred.

  Further, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment, when the main control CPU 60a determines that an excessive pitching error has occurred, the main control CPU 60a initializes the storage contents of the plurality of third storage areas PA3. That is, the main control CPU 60a can prevent the occurrence of the excessive pitching error from being repeated a plurality of times while the excessive pitching error occurs once, so that the number of occurrences of the abnormality can be accurately grasped. Can do.

  The pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment shifts to a determination target period in which the number of detections can be updated by the main control CPU 60a when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on. In other words, the occurrence of the predetermined abnormality can be grasped regardless of the timing at which the predetermined abnormality occurs by shifting to the determination target period when the power is turned on.

  Further, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment, the main control CPU 60a generates a gaming state advantageous to the player when triggered by the detection by the second sensor 4241 (Fig. 1 sensor SE21). That is, a state in which an act of illegally causing an advantageous gaming state by forcibly entering a pachinko ball into the second SE FIG. 4 sensor SE 241 (usual SE 1 sensor SE 21) is performed. Can be determined as a state in which an excessive pitching error has occurred.

  Further, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment, the pachinko ball that has passed through the left fixed operation port 91a and the right fixed operation port 92a is guided to the inside of the game area 20a, while the pachinko machine that has passed through the distribution fixed operation port 96a. The ball is guided to the outside of the game area 20a. That is, a pachinko ball that has passed through any one of the plurality of fixed operation ports 91a, 92a, 96a that triggers the display of the symbols on the same symbol display device 17 is guided to the inside of the game area 20a. In addition, the pachinko ball that has passed through the other fixed operation port 96a is guided to the outside of the game area 20a, thereby enhancing the interest of the game.

  In the pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment, when the main control CPU 60a determines that a magnetic detection sensor error has occurred, the main control CPU 60a stops the execution of the timer interrupt process by the main control CPU 60a. That is, it is possible to reliably prevent a disadvantage that may occur on the game store side or the player side after the occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error.

  Further, the pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment is configured such that the symbol display device 17 as a notification unit, the speaker 18 and the frame lamp 19 perform over-throwing error notification, and the speaker 18 and the frame lamp 19 While over-throwing error notification is terminated as the predetermined time elapses, over-throwing error notification by the symbol display device 17 continues even after the predetermined time elapses. That is, it is possible to clearly notify that an excessive pitching error has occurred until a predetermined time has elapsed, and it is possible to easily change the notification mode in the pachinko machine 10 as the predetermined time elapses. .

  Next, Example 3 will be described with reference to FIGS. 9 and 16. In addition, in the following description, about the same structure as the pachinko machine 10 demonstrated in Example 1 and Example 2, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected and detailed description is abbreviate | omitted. The pachinko machine 10 according to the third embodiment has the same configuration as that of the pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment described above in terms of the configuration of the game board 20 (game area 20a), and the control contents related to the determination of the excessive pitch error (FIG. 16). Is different from the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment (third determination process). Specifically, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the third embodiment, as the control process performed by the main control CPU 60a, the number of times of entering the plurality of entrances 98a and 99a within a predetermined time is added together, and the plurality of entries in the main control RAM 60c. Judgment of whether or not an “excessive ball entering error” has occurred based on the number of times of entering (same number of combined detections by a plurality of entering detection sensors SE28 and SE29) stored in each storage area, and configured to be storable in the storage area (See FIG. 16). The plurality of storage areas (buffers) included in the pachinko machine 10 according to the third embodiment are the same as the first buffer of the first embodiment described above. A plurality of storage areas used in the above will be referred to as “first storage areas PA1”, and a buffer composed of the plurality of first storage areas PA1 will be referred to as “first buffers”.

  Here, in the third embodiment, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not an excessive pitching error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred, triggered by detection by the normal winning detection sensors SE28 and SE29 (status detection means, pitch detection means). Functions as an abnormality determination means. The main control CPU 60a functions as a second abnormality determination unit that determines whether a magnetic detection sensor error (another abnormality) has occurred, triggered by the detection of the magnetic detection sensor. Further, the main control CPU 60a functions as a stopping means for stopping execution of a predetermined control process (stopping the game) when it is determined that a magnetic detection sensor error has occurred. Further, regarding the determination of whether or not an excessive pitching error has occurred, the main control CPU 60a of the third embodiment functions as an area designating unit that designates an update area from among a plurality of storage areas. Further, the main control CPU 60a functions as a detection number updating means for updating the number of detections stored in the update area (storage area) designated by the main control CPU 60a, triggered by detection by the entrance detection sensors SE28 and SE29. Yes.

(About judgment of excessive pitching error (third judgment process))
The pachinko machine 10 according to the third embodiment is configured such that a state in which the winning frequency at least one of the plurality of entrances 98a and 99a occurs excessively can be determined as an “excessive entrance error”. Here, the main control CPU 60a determines that the first normal winning opening 98a within a reference time (20 minutes in the third embodiment) corresponding to two or more consecutive unit times (1 minute in the third embodiment) in the determination target period. And a state where the total number of winnings to the second ordinary winning opening 99a exceeds the predetermined allowable upper limit number (39 in the third embodiment) is determined as a “second ordinary winning error (excessive winning error)”. Configured to get. Further, the main control CPU 60a, in the determination target period, in a unit time (1 minute in the embodiment 3), a predetermined allowable upper limit number (the total number of winnings to the first ordinary winning opening 98a and the second ordinary winning opening 99a) ( A state in which the number of occurrences exceeds 39) in the third embodiment can also be determined as a “second ordinary winning error (excess pitching error)”.

  In the third embodiment, the first buffer of the excessive entry error determination storage unit includes first and second ordinary winning detection sensors SE28, SE29 as a plurality of the same type of entrance detection sensors respectively corresponding to the same type of entrance. The total number of times of detection is summed without distinction and stored for determination of the second normal winning error. The first buffer is provided with a plurality of first storage areas (storage areas) PA1, and the total number of detections by the first and second normal winning detection sensors SE28 and SE29 for each first storage area PA1. (In the following description, for the sake of convenience, it is referred to as “the same kind of combined detection count”) that can be stored. Specifically, the first buffer includes a total of 20 first storage areas PA1 to which area numbers “0000H” to “0013H” are assigned. On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a designates the first storage area PA1 to be updated by the first and second ordinary winning detection sensors SE28 and SE29 one by one according to the condition, and designates the first ordinary area. Every time one of the detection by the winning detection sensor SE28 and the detection by the second ordinary winning detection sensor SE29 occurs, the number of same-type combined detections stored in the first storage area PA1 designated at the time of the detection is calculated. It is supposed to be updated. Then, the main control CPU 60a is configured to update the number of times of detection of one of the first normal winning detection sensors SE28 and the second normal winning detection sensor SE29. It is configured to determine whether or not a second normal winning error has occurred based on the same-type total detection count stored in the storage area PA1 (update area). Further, the main control CPU 60a sets the total number of detections of the same kind of summation stored in two or more (all 20 in the third embodiment) first storage area PA1 in which the update order continues every time a predetermined unit time elapses. Based on this, it is configured to determine whether a second normal winning error has occurred.

  Next, each process relating to the determination of the second normal winning error (excessive winning error) by the main control CPU 60a will be specifically described with reference to FIG. 16 (third determination process).

  First, in step S701, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not a time counter is not set. Here, the state in which the time counter is set (determination target period) is a state in which the unit time counting process (step S702) using the time counter is periodically executed (every 4 ms). If the main control CPU 60a determines that the time counter is set (in the case of negative determination), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to the unit time counting process in step S702, and subtracts 1 from the value of the time counter. When the time counter is set in step S713, which will be described later, “14999” as the initial value is set as a value, the time counter (step S702) is executed each time (step S702) is executed. The value is subtracted by 1 (every 4 ms) and updated to the initial value “14999” only when the final value “0” is reached. On the other hand, if the main control CPU 60a determines that the time counter is not set in step S701 (in the case of affirmative determination), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to a determination target period start process (step S711 to step S713) described later.

  The main control CPU 60a measures unit time (updates the value of the time counter) in the unit time measurement process (step S702), and then proceeds to step S703. In step S703 to step S705, the main control CPU 60a updates the update area (first storage area PA1) in response to any one of the detection by the first normal winning detection sensor SE28 and the detection by the second normal winning detection sensor SE29. The detection number update process is executed to update the same type of combined detection number stored in. Specifically, in step S703, based on the determination result in the detection determination process (the process of step S303 in FIG. 7), the detection signal from the first normal winning detection sensor SE28 and the detection from the second normal winning detection sensor SE29. When it is determined that a signal is input (in the case of an affirmative determination), each process of step S704 and step S705 is executed. Here, in step S704, the main control CPU 60a specifies which of the plurality of first storage areas PA1 corresponding to the pointer values stored in the pointer storage area PAp is the first storage area PA1. In step S705, the main control CPU 60a adds 1 (updates) the same-type total detection count stored in the first storage area PA1 (update area) specified in step S704. When the detection frequency update process from step S703 to step S705 ends, the main control CPU 60a proceeds to a winning determination process (step S706) as to whether or not a second normal winning error has occurred. On the other hand, if the main control CPU 60a determines in the process of step S703 that none of the detection signals from the first and second normal winning detection sensors SE28 and SE29 are input (in the case of negative determination), it will be described later. The process proceeds to step S707.

  In step S706, the main control CPU 60a performs winning determination processing for determining whether or not the number of same-type combined detections within the unit time (1 minute) being measured exceeds a predetermined allowable upper limit (39 times). Run. Here, in this step S706, the main control CPU 60a confirms the same-type total detection count stored in the update area (predetermined first storage area PA1), and confirms the same-type total detection count (within the unit time being measured). Is equal to or less than 39 times, it is determined that the number of detected detections of the same type does not exceed the allowable upper limit (determination is negative), and the process proceeds to step S707 to be described later. If the same type of combined detection number of times (the same type of combined detection number of times within the unit time being measured) is 40 times or more, it is determined that the same type of combined detection number of times exceeds the allowable upper limit (affirmative determination) The process proceeds to step S710. That is, the main control CPU 60a is configured to determine that a second normal winning error has occurred by making an affirmative determination in step S706. If the main control CPU 60a determines in step S706 that the second normal winning error has occurred, the main control CPU 60a determines a second normal winning error determination flag (excessive winning error determination) indicating the occurrence of the second normal winning error. One type of flag) is set to “1” in step S710. Thereby, the second normal winning error designation command directed to the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a is set in step S203 of the error information setting / game stop process (FIG. 6), and the command input / output process (step of FIG. 5). Along with the execution of S109), it is output toward the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a.

  When the main control CPU 60a makes a negative determination in the process of step S703 described above (part of the detection count determination process) or the process of step S706 described above (part of the winning determination process), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to the process of step S707. . In step S707, the main control CPU 60a determines whether the value of the time counter has reached the final value (“0”). Here, when the main control CPU 60a determines in step S707 that the value of the time counter is the final value (that is, when it is determined that the measurement of the unit time has reached 1 minute), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to step S708.

  In step S708, the main control CPU 60a updates the pointer value as the unit time elapses. Note that, as described above, the pointer value is a value for designating one of the first storage areas PA1 as an update area that is a target for updating the same-type total detection count, and the minimum value “0” to the maximum value “ Among the integers up to "19", the value is updated according to a predetermined order. Specifically, after “0” is set as the minimum value in step S711, which will be described later, the pointer value is basically incremented by one each time the process of step S708 is performed, and is the maximum value. Only when it reaches “19”, it is updated to the minimum value “0”.

  When the process of step S708 ends, the main control CPU 60a executes a periodic determination process (step S709) as to whether or not a second normal winning error has occurred. Here, in step S709, the main control CPU 60a calculates the total number of same-type combined detection times stored in the 20 first storage areas PA1, and the total number of times is an allowable upper limit number (39 times). It is determined whether or not it exceeds. If the total number (the number of detections within the reference time at which the measurement is completed) is 39 times or less, it is determined that the total number does not exceed the allowable upper limit number (negative determination), and the process of step S714 described later is performed. Migrate to On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a determines that the total number of times exceeds the allowable upper limit number (affirmative determination) if the total number of same-type combined detection times is 40 or more in step S709, and step S710. Migrate to That is, in step S709, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not a second normal winning error has occurred depending on whether or not the same-type combined detection count in the reference time (20 minutes) exceeds the allowable upper limit of 39 times. It is comprised so that it may determine. When the main control CPU 60a determines in step S709 that the second normal winning error has occurred, the main control CPU 60a determines a second normal winning error determination flag (excessive winning error determination) indicating the occurrence of the second normal winning error. One type of flag) is set to “1” in step S710. Thereby, the second normal winning error designation command directed to the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a is set in step S203 of the error information setting / game stop process (FIG. 6), and the command input / output process (step of FIG. 5). Along with the execution of S109), it is output toward the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a.

  Here, the main control CPU 60a determines that the second normal winning error has occurred in either the winning determination process (step S706) or the periodic determination process (step S709), and sets the second normal winning error determination flag. When “1” is set, a determination target period start process (step S711, step S712, and step S713) that ends the current determination target period and starts a new determination target period is executed. Specifically, in step S711, the main control CPU 60a sets the minimum value “0” as the pointer value, so that the first storage area PA1 designated as the update area corresponding to the pointer value becomes the area number “0000H”. To be the first storage area PA1. Next, in step S712, the main control CPU 60a initializes each first storage area PA1 so that the same-type total detection count stored in all 20 first storage areas PA1 is zero. Next, in step S713, the main control CPU 60a sets “14999” that is an initial value as the value of the time counter, and starts measurement by the time counter. If an affirmative determination is made in step S701 described above (when the time counter is not set), the process proceeds to the determination target period start process (step S711, step S712, and step S713) to start the determination target period. .

  When the main control CPU 60a determines that the second normal winning error has not occurred in the process of step S709 (when negative determination is made), the main control CPU 60a initially sets the first storage area PA1 newly designated as the update area. Execute the conversion. That is, in step S714, the main control CPU 60a specifies the first storage area PA1 (new update area) corresponding to the new pointer value by updating the pointer value in step S708 described above, and the specified first storage. The same-type total detection count stored in the area PA1 (update area) (that is, the same-type total detection count stored when the previous update area was specified) is cleared. In this case, the main control CPU 60a continues to measure the unit time without clearing the current value of the time counter.

(Notice regarding the occurrence of the second normal winning error)
Here, the effect control CPU 65a comprehensively controls error notification for notifying the occurrence of an error based on the second normal winning error specifying command (excess pitching error specifying command) output from the main control CPU 60a. It is configured to The effect control CPU 65a controls the symbol display device 17, the speaker 18, and the frame lamp 19 to perform the second normal winning error notification corresponding to the generated error. In other words, the symbol display device 17, the speaker 18, and the frame lamp 19 used as effect means function as notification means for executing the second normal winning error error notification. Here, the symbol display device 17 as a notification means uses only a partial region of the display unit 17a in a form in which a decorative drawing can be visually recognized on the display unit 17a when corresponding to the second normal winning error. The display (small error display) as the second normal winning error notification is executed. The information and notification period displayed on the symbol display device 17 as the second ordinary winning error notification are basically the same as the “ordinary winning error” described in the first embodiment. Is omitted.

(Operation of Example 3)
Next, the operation of the pachinko machine 10 according to the third embodiment will be described.

(Regarding the occurrence of an excessive entry error (second normal prize error))
The first ordinary winning opening 98a and the second ordinary winning opening 99a provided in the game area 20a are always opened upward, and a pachinko ball flowing down the game area 20a can be won. Then, for example, using a fraudulent tool that has been invaded by the fraudster into the game area 20a, a guide route to the first normal prize winning port 98a or the second normal prize winning port 99a is illegally formed, or a game is played with the fraudulent tool. When the gaming area 20a is modified so that the winning in the first ordinary winning opening 98a or the second ordinary winning opening 99a is facilitated by bending a nail or the like, the fraudulent person hits the gaming area 20a. Since the pachinko ball can be awarded to the first ordinary winning opening 31a and the second ordinary winning opening 99a with a high probability, the payout of the winning ball may occur in accordance with an illegal act. Here, the main control CPU 60a performs the first normal winning detection sensor SE28 and the second normal winning detection sensor in a predetermined period (unit time of 1 minute and reference time of 20 minutes) in the error determination process (step S301). When the detection signal input from SE29 occurs for a total of 40 times or more, the occurrence of the second normal winning error is determined. Specifically, the main control CPU 60a updates one first storage area PA1 among the plurality of first storage areas PA1 constituting the first buffer of the excessive pitching error determination storage unit according to the value of the pointer. Specify as an area. Then, the unit time is continuously measured by the time counter, the pointer value is changed every time the unit time elapses, and the first storage area PA1 that is designated as the update area is determined in units according to a predetermined update order. Change every hour. As a result, the same-type combined detection count (total of the respective detection counts) by the first normal winning detection sensor SE28 and the second normal winning detection sensor SE29 is updated for the first storage area PA1 that is different for each unit time. Then, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not a second normal winning error has occurred based on the same-type total detection count stored in one first storage area PA1, and the update order is 2 Based on the total number of the same-type combined detection times stored in the first storage area PA1 as described above (all 20 in the second embodiment), it is determined whether or not a second normal winning error has occurred.

  For example, a fraudster who has altered the game area 20a causes all the pachinko balls to be continuously launched to win the second ordinary winning opening 99a (or the first ordinary winning opening 98a) and in a short time many When trying to acquire a prize ball illegally, the same kind of combined detection count stored in the update area designated by the main control CPU 60a corresponding to the pointer value among the plurality of first storage areas PA1 is within one minute. It exceeds 39 times as the allowable upper limit and reaches 40 times. The main control CPU 60a executes winning determination processing (step S706 in FIG. 16) every time detection by the normal winning detection sensors SE28 and SE29 occurs, and 40 times exceeding the allowable upper limit number as the number of detections stored in the update area. When the above-mentioned same-type total detection count is stored, it is determined that the second normal winning error has occurred.

  Further, for example, an irregular launching method in which a fraudster who has modified the game area 20a wins 10 pachinko balls to the second ordinary winning opening 99a (or the first ordinary winning opening 98a) every minute. In the case of trying to acquire a prize ball illegally over a relatively long time, the number of same-type combined detection stored in one first storage area PA1 designated as the update area does not reach the allowable upper limit number. The number of same-type combined detection stored in two or more first storage areas PA1 in which the update order is continuous reaches the allowable upper limit. On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a executes periodic determination processing (step S709 in FIG. 16) every time unit time measured by the time counter, and a plurality of (20) first memories constituting the first buffer. Of the area PA1, the same kind stored in two or more (all 20 in the second embodiment) first storage area PA1 including the first storage area PA1 that has been designated as the update area until immediately before and in which the update order is continuous When the total number of combined detection times is 40 times or more exceeding the allowable upper limit number, it is determined that the second normal winning error has occurred.

  When the main control CPU 60a determines the occurrence of the second normal winning error, in the command input / output process (step S109), the main control CPU 60a sends the second normal winning error designation command to the payout control CPU 61a and the effect control CPU 65a. Output. On the other hand, the payout control CPU 61a receives, from the output terminal 9 of the external information output terminal board 63, a ninth information signal indicating the occurrence of the second normal winning error in response to the input of the second normal winning error designation command. External output over a period of 56 ms. As a result, error information indicating that the second normal winning error has occurred is transmitted to the hall computer outside the machine. The payout control CPU 61a does not stop the drive control of the ball payout device 12B even if the second normal payout error designation command is input. Further, when the second normal winning error designation command is input, the effect control CPU 65a starts to execute the second normal winning error notification by the notification means 17, 18, and 19. Here, the specific error notification content in the symbol display device 17 does not overlap with the decorations that are stopped and displayed in the ongoing symbol variation effect in a display area smaller than the overall size of the display unit 17a. In this way, the type display indicating the type of error (characters “over-exit pitch error (ordinary winning opening) α times” or “excess entry error (normal winning opening) α times”) is displayed. Then, the effect control CPU 65a ends only the error notification by the speaker 18 and the frame lamp 19 when 30000 ms has elapsed from the start of the excessive pitching error notification, while the error notification by the symbol display device 17 does not end until the power is turned off. To.

  That is, the pachinko machine 10 according to the third embodiment has the number of detections by the normal winning detection sensors SE28 and SE29 and the normal winning detection sensors SE28 and SE29 for detecting the pachinko balls (predetermined state) winning in the normal winning holes 98a and 99a. And a main control CPU 60a that determines whether or not an excessive pitching error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred. In addition, a first buffer composed of a plurality of first storage areas PA1 capable of storing the number of detections by the normal winning detection sensors SE28 and SE29 is provided in the excessive pitch error determination storage unit. Then, the main control CPU 60a designates an update area from among the plurality of first storage areas PA1, and updates the number of detections stored in the update area triggered by detection by the normal winning detection sensors SE28 and SE29. Here, the main control CPU 60a changes the update area every elapse of a predetermined unit time in accordance with a predetermined update order in the plurality of first storage areas PA1, and uses the first storage area PA1 of the last rank as the update area. After the designation, the update area is circulated in the plurality of first storage areas PA1 by designating the first storage area PA1 in the head order as the update area. On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a determines that the over-throwing error is based on the total number of detection times stored in two or more first storage areas PA1 in which the update order is continuous among the plurality of first storage areas PA1. It is determined whether a second normal winning error has occurred. In other words, it is possible to strictly determine the occurrence of the over-throwing error by periodically updating the determination target period as to whether or not the over-throwing error has occurred.

  Further, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the third embodiment, when the main control CPU 60a determines that an excessive pitch error has occurred, the main control CPU 60a initializes the storage contents of the plurality of first storage areas PA1. That is, the main control CPU 60a can prevent the occurrence of the excessive pitching error from being repeated a plurality of times while the excessive pitching error occurs once, so that the number of occurrences of the abnormality can be accurately grasped. Can do.

  The pachinko machine 10 according to the third embodiment shifts to a determination target period in which the number of detections can be updated by the main control CPU 60a when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on. In other words, the occurrence of the predetermined abnormality can be grasped regardless of the timing at which the predetermined abnormality occurs by shifting to the determination target period when the power is turned on.

  In the pachinko machine 10 according to the third embodiment, when the main control CPU 60a determines that a magnetic detection sensor error has occurred, the main control CPU 60a stops the execution of the timer interrupt process by the main control CPU 60a. That is, it is possible to reliably prevent a disadvantage that may occur on the game store side or the player side after the occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error.

  In addition, the pachinko machine 10 according to the third embodiment is configured such that the symbol display device 17 as the notification means, the speaker 18 and the frame lamp 19 perform over-throwing error notification, and the speaker 18 and the frame lamp 19 While over-throwing error notification is terminated as the predetermined time elapses, over-throwing error notification by the symbol display device 17 continues even after the predetermined time has elapsed. That is, it is possible to clearly notify that an excessive pitching error has occurred until a predetermined time has elapsed, and it is possible to easily change the notification mode in the pachinko machine 10 as the predetermined time elapses. .

  Next, Embodiment 4 will be described with reference to FIGS. 9, 10 and 15. FIG. In addition, in the following description, about the same structure as the pachinko machine 10 demonstrated in Examples 1-3, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected and detailed description is abbreviate | omitted. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the fourth embodiment, the configuration of the game board 20 (the game area 20a) is the same as that of the pachinko machine 10 according to the second and third embodiments described above, and is an object to be judged as an excessive pitch error. The type of the entrance (type of the entrance detection sensor) is the same as that of the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment (see FIG. 15). Moreover, the control content (refer FIG. 10) regarding determination of an excessive ball-throwing error is common with the pachinko machine 10 of Example 1 (1st determination process).

  In other words, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the fourth embodiment, as the control process performed by the main control CPU 60a, the number of winnings (number of detections by the second SE Fig. 4 sensor SE241) to the distribution fixing operation port 96a within a predetermined time is calculated. Based on the number of wins (number of detections) stored in the first buffer (see FIG. 9) of the excessive pitch error determination storage unit described in the first embodiment, the “third action pitch error (excessive It is determined whether or not an “incoming ball error” has occurred (see FIG. 10). Here, the main control CPU 60a stores the information in the first storage area PA1 (update area) that is the update target of the number of detections at the time when the detection by the second SE FIG. 4 sensor SE21 occurs. Based on the number of times of detection, it is configured to determine whether or not a third operation entry error has occurred. Further, the main control CPU 60a, based on the total number of detection times stored in two or more (all 20 in the fourth embodiment) first storage area PA1 in which the update order continues every predetermined unit time. The third operation entry error is determined to be determined.

  In the pachinko machine 10 according to the fourth embodiment, as the control process performed by the main control CPU 60a, the number of winnings (the number of detections by the sensor SE21 for FIG. 1) in the left fixed operating port 91a within a predetermined time is set as the first embodiment. Is stored in the second buffer (see FIG. 9) of the excessive throwing error determination storage unit described in the above, and based on the stored number of wins (number of detections), “fourth working throwing error (excessive throwing error)” Is determined (see FIG. 10). Here, the main control CPU 60a sets the number of detections stored in one second storage area PA2 (update area), which is an object of updating the number of detections, when detection by the sensor SE21 for FIG. 1 occurs. Based on this, it is configured to determine whether or not a fourth operation entry error has occurred. Further, the main control CPU 60a, based on the total number of detection times stored in two or more (all 20 in the fourth embodiment) second storage area PA2 in which the update order is continuous every elapse of a predetermined unit time. The fourth operation entry error is determined to be determined.

(Operation of Example 4)
That is, the pachinko machine 10 according to the fourth embodiment detects the pachinko ball (predetermined state) that has entered the left fixed operation port 91a (or the distribution fixed operation port 96a). , And whether or not an excessive pitching error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred is determined on the basis of the number of detections by the sensor SE21 for ordinary figure 4 and the sensor SE21 for ordinary figure 1 (or the sensor SE242 for second ordinary figure 4). And a main control CPU 60a. In addition, a second storage area PA2 (or a plurality of first storage areas PA1) configured to store the number of times of detection by the sensor SE21 for normal FIG. 1 (or the second sensor SE242 for second general FIG. 4) is stored. A buffer (or first buffer) is provided in the excessive pitch error determination storage unit. Then, the main control CPU 60a designates an update area from among the plurality of second storage areas PA2 (or the plurality of first storage areas PA1), and the universal map sensor SE21 (or the second universal map sensor SE242). ), The number of detections stored in the update area is updated. Here, the main control CPU 60a changes the update area every elapse of a predetermined unit time according to a predetermined update order in the plurality of second storage areas PA2 (or the plurality of first storage areas PA1), After the second storage area PA2 (or the first storage area PA1) is designated as the update area, the second storage area PA2 (or the first storage area PA1) of the head order is designated as the update area, thereby The update area is circulated in the second storage area PA2 (or a plurality of first storage areas PA1). On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a has two or more second storage areas PA2 (or first storage areas PA1) in which the update order is continuous among the plurality of second storage areas PA2 (or the plurality of first storage areas PA1). Is determined based on the total number of times of detection stored in step S4, whether or not a fourth operation entrance error (or a third operation entrance error) as an excessive entrance error has occurred. In other words, it is possible to strictly determine the occurrence of the over-throwing error by periodically updating the determination target period as to whether or not the over-throwing error has occurred.

  Further, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the fourth embodiment, when the main control CPU 60a determines that an excessive pitching error has occurred, the main control CPU 60a has a plurality of second storage areas PA2 (or a plurality of first storage areas). The stored contents of PA1) are initialized. That is, the main control CPU 60a can prevent the occurrence of the excessive pitching error from being repeated a plurality of times while the excessive pitching error occurs once, so that the number of occurrences of the abnormality can be accurately grasped. Can do.

  The pachinko machine 10 according to the fourth embodiment shifts to a determination target period in which the number of detections can be updated by the main control CPU 60a when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on. In other words, the occurrence of the predetermined abnormality can be grasped regardless of the timing at which the predetermined abnormality occurs by shifting to the determination target period when the power is turned on.

  Further, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the fourth embodiment, the main control CPU 60a generates a game per game that is advantageous to the player, triggered by detection by the sensor SE21 for the general map 1 (or the sensor SE242 for the second general map 4). To do. In other words, the state in which an act of forcibly causing a pachinko ball to enter the left fixed operation port 91a (or the distribution fixed operation port 96a) and illegally generating a game per usual figure is excessive It can be determined as a state where a ball entry error has occurred.

  Further, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the fourth embodiment, the pachinko ball that has passed through the left fixed operation port 91a and the right fixed operation port 92a is guided to the inside of the game area 20a, while the pachinko machine that has passed through the distribution fixed operation port 96a. The ball is guided to the outside of the game area 20a. That is, a pachinko ball that has passed through any one of the plurality of fixed operation ports 91a, 92a, 96a that triggers the display of the symbols on the same symbol display device 17 is guided to the inside of the game area 20a. In addition, the pachinko ball that has passed through the other fixed operation port 96a is guided to the outside of the game area 20a, thereby enhancing the interest of the game.

  In the pachinko machine 10 according to the fourth embodiment, when the main control CPU 60a determines that a magnetic detection sensor error has occurred, the main control CPU 60a stops the execution of the timer interrupt process by the main control CPU 60a. That is, it is possible to reliably prevent a disadvantage that may occur on the game store side or the player side after the occurrence of the magnetic detection sensor error.

  Further, the pachinko machine 10 according to the fourth embodiment is configured such that the symbol display device 17 as a notification unit, the speaker 18 and the frame lamp 19 perform over-throwing error notification, and the speaker 18 and the frame lamp 19 While over-throwing error notification is terminated as the predetermined time elapses, over-throwing error notification by the symbol display device 17 continues even after the predetermined time elapses. That is, it is possible to clearly notify that an excessive pitching error has occurred until a predetermined time has elapsed, and it is possible to easily change the notification mode in the pachinko machine 10 as the predetermined time elapses. .

(Example of change)
The present invention is not limited to Examples 1 to 4 described above, and can be modified as follows.
(1) In the first to fourth embodiments, a plurality of memories provided in a main control RAM (storage unit for excess ball error determination) as storage means whether or not an excessive ball error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred. The main control CPU (abnormality determination means) is configured to make a determination based on the total number of detection times stored in all the storage areas in which the update order is continuous within the area. May be configured such that the main control CPU (abnormality determination means) makes a determination based on the total number of detection times stored in a storage area of two or more and less than the total number.
(2) In the first to fourth embodiments, the main control CPU (area specifying means) is configured to specify the storage area (update area) to be updated of the number of detections from among the plurality of storage means. The area is provided in a storage means other than the main control RAM, and an abnormality determination means (for example, an effect control CPU, a payout control CPU, etc.) other than the main control CPU determines whether or not an excessive pitching error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred. In addition to the determination, an area designating unit (for example, an effect control CPU, a payout control CPU, etc.) other than the main control CPU may designate the update area.
(3) In the first to fourth embodiments, a ball detection sensor (state detection means) capable of detecting a game ball (predetermined state) that has entered the ball entrance as an error detection sensor is provided, and the ball detection sensor It is possible to store the number of times of detection in each storage area, and over-throwing error (predetermined abnormality) based on the total number of times of detection stored in two or more storage areas in which the update order is continuous among a plurality of storage areas However, the number of times of detection by an error detection sensor (state detection means) other than the entrance detection sensor can be stored in each storage area, and the update order is within a plurality of storage areas. It may be configured to determine whether or not an excessive pitching error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred based on the total number of detection times stored in two or more consecutive storage areas.
In this case, for example, the number of times of detection by the radio wave detection sensor as one type of error detection sensor can be stored in each storage area, and stored in two or more storage areas in which the update order is continuous among the plurality of storage areas. It may be configured to determine whether or not a radio wave detection sensor error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred based on the total number of detection times.
(4) In the first to fourth embodiments, the allowable upper limit number when the number of detections (including the same type of combined detection number) stored in one storage area in the determination process at the time of winning is determined, and the periodic determination process Although the allowable upper limit number when the total number of detection times (including the same kind of combined detection number of times) stored in two or more storage areas is set as the determination target is the same, each allowable upper limit number may be different.
In this case, for example, the allowable upper limit number in the winning determination process is set smaller than the allowable upper limit number in the regular determination process. The allowable upper limit number in the winning determination process may be set larger than the allowable upper limit number in the regular determination process.
(5) In the first to fourth embodiments, a game ball that has entered the ball opening (specifically, the first start winning port, the normal winning port, or the fixed operation port) that is always open and does not change the opening size is detected. The main control CPU (abnormality determination means) determines whether or not an excessive pitching error has occurred based on the number of times detected by the incoming ball detection sensor (state detection means). Based on the number of detections by the ball detection sensor (status detection means) that detects the game ball that has entered the ball opening (for example, special winning opening, second start winning opening, variable operation opening, variable winning opening) The main control CPU (abnormality determination means) may determine whether or not a sphere error has occurred.
In this case, a period in which the entrance is in an open state (a state in which a game ball can enter) is set as a determination target period, and in this determination target period, a predetermined unit time is set according to a predetermined update order. The number of times the main control CPU (area specifying means) updates the update area and the number of detections stored in two or more storage areas in which the update order is continuous among a plurality of storage areas every time (for example, 5 seconds) It can be configured to determine whether or not an excessive pitching error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred based on the total number of times.
In Examples 2 to 4, an over-throwing error occurs for the number of times of entering a fixed operating port in which the opening size does not change among a plurality of entering ports (operating ports) that are the triggers of hit determination. However, it may be configured to determine whether or not an excessive pitching error has occurred with respect to the number of times of pitching into the variable operating opening whose opening size changes. In this case, it may be configured to determine whether or not an excessive pitching error has occurred by targeting only the number of times of entering the one or more variable operation ports, or one or more fixed Over-throwing errors for both the number of balls entering the operating port (for example, all fixed operating ports) and the number of balls entering one or more variable operating ports (for example, all variable operating ports) It may be configured to determine whether or not the occurrence has occurred.
(6) In the first embodiment, a first buffer as a plurality of storage areas for storing the number of detections by the first start winning detection sensor and a second buffer as a plurality of storage areas for storing the number of detections by the normal winning detection sensor. In accordance with a predetermined update order, the main control CPU (area specifying means) updates the update area every time a predetermined unit time (specifically 1 minute) elapses, and within a plurality of storage areas. Although it was configured to determine whether or not an over-throwing error (predetermined abnormality) occurred based on the total number of times of detection stored in two or more storage areas with consecutive update orders, You may comprise so that the frequency | count of detection by a sensor (for example, special prize detection sensor or a gate sensor) may be memorize | stored in a several storage area as a determination object of an excessive pitch error.
In addition, a game ball detection sensor (game medium detection means) for detecting a game ball passing through the launch ball passage or the introduction port of the sorting unit is provided, and the number of game balls detected by the game ball detection sensor is increased by a predetermined number. The main control CPU (area specifying means) may be configured to update the update area each time it is performed.
(7) In the second embodiment, the third buffer as a plurality of storage areas for storing the number of detections by the second sensor for FIG. 4 and the second storage area as a plurality of storage areas for storing the number of detections by the sensor for FIG. For each of the four buffers, the main control CPU (area specifying means) updates the update area every time a predetermined unit time (specifically, 1 minute) elapses in accordance with a predetermined update order. It is configured to determine whether or not an over-throwing error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred based on the total number of times of detection stored in two or more storage areas with consecutive update orders. You may comprise so that the frequency | count of detection by a ball | bowl detection sensor (for example, 2nd normal winning detection sensor) may be memorize | stored in a several storage area as a determination object of an excessive ball | bowl error.
Also, a game ball detection sensor (game medium detection means) for detecting a game ball passing through the launch ball passage is provided, and the main control CPU is provided each time the number of game balls detected by the game ball detection sensor increases by a predetermined number. The (region specifying means) may be configured to update the update region, and the number of times of detection by the first universal FIG. 4 sensor may be stored in a plurality of storage regions as a determination target of the excessive pitch error.
(8) In the first to fourth embodiments, when the main control CPU (abnormality determination means) determines the occurrence of an excessive pitching error, the storage contents (number of detections), pointer values, and counts in a plurality of storage areas Although the value of the counter (or the introduction number counter) is initialized, the determination target period may be continued without being initialized.
(9) In the first to fourth embodiments, the determination target period is started when the power to the gaming machine is turned on. However, the determination target period is started when a predetermined start condition is satisfied after the power is turned on. You may comprise.
In this case, for example, the determination target period can be started by setting the initial detection by the ball detection sensor (state detection means) after power-on as the start condition is satisfied.
(10) In the first embodiment, the third embodiment, and the fourth embodiment, whether or not an excessive pitching error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred with respect to the number of times of detection by a plurality of pitching detection sensors (a plurality of state detection means) Although it is configured to perform the determination, it may be configured to determine whether or not an excessive pitching error has occurred only for the number of times of detection by a single pitching detection sensor (state detection unit).
(11) In the third embodiment, the total number of detections (same type total number of detections) by a plurality of the same type of incoming ball detection sensors (the same type of state detection means) is stored in each of the plurality of storage areas, and the update order is changed. Although it is configured to determine whether or not an over-throwing error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred based on the total number of same-type combined detection times stored in two or more consecutive storage areas, a plurality of different types of The number of combined detections (number of different types of combined detections) by the sphere detection sensor (different state detection means) is stored in each of a plurality of storage areas, and the different types stored in two or more storage areas in which the update order is continuous It may be configured to determine whether or not an excessive pitching error (predetermined abnormality) has occurred based on the total number of total detection times.
(12) In Examples 2 to 4, there is an excessive pitch error for the number of times of entering a fixed operating port where the opening size does not change among a plurality of entering ports (acting ports) that are the triggers of hit determination. Although it has been configured to determine whether or not it has occurred, it may be configured to determine whether or not an excessive pitching error has occurred with respect to the number of times of pitching into the variable operating port whose opening size changes. In this case, it may be configured to determine whether or not an excessive pitching error has occurred by targeting only the number of times of entering the one or more variable operation ports, or one or more fixed Over-throwing errors for both the number of balls entering the operating port (for example, all fixed operating ports) and the number of balls entering one or more variable operating ports (for example, all variable operating ports) It may be configured to determine whether or not the occurrence has occurred.
(13) In the first to fourth embodiments, a pachinko machine having a game area in which a game ball (game medium) can flow down and a player launching the game ball into the game area and playing a game has been described as an example. After inserting a specified number of medals (game media) and depressing the operation lever, after rotating multiple reels (rotating cylinders) displaying multiple types of patterns, operate the stop button to The present invention may be applied to a revolving game machine (slot machine) that pays out a specified number of medals (game media) when the reels are stopped and the design of each reel is a predetermined combination.
In this case, for example, the inserted medal detection sensor (game medium detecting means) that can detect the medal (game medium) inserted by the player, and each reel is stopped at the rotation position where the pattern becomes a predetermined combination (winning). In addition to a winning detection sensor (state detecting means) for detecting a state, an excessive pitching error (predetermined abnormality) in which a predetermined combination of pictures (winning) occurs excessively based on the number of detections by the winning detection sensor The main control CPU (abnormality determination means) is configured to determine whether it has occurred. The main control RAM is provided with a plurality of storage areas capable of storing the number of detections by the winning detection sensor, and the main control CPU (area specifying means) specifies the update area from among the plurality of storage areas, The main control CPU (detection count update means) is configured to update the detection count of the update area, triggered by detection by the state detection means. Further, the main control CPU (area specifying means) changes the update area every time the number of medals detected by the inserted medal detection sensor increases by a predetermined number according to a predetermined update order in a plurality of storage areas, and finally After the tail storage area is designated as the update area, the head storage area is designated as the update area so that the update area is circulated in a plurality of storage areas. Then, the main control CPU (abnormality determination means) determines whether or not an excessive winning error has occurred based on the total number of times of detection stored in two or more storage areas in which the update order is continuous among a plurality of storage areas. Configure to
(14) In the first to fourth embodiments, when the main control CPU (second abnormality determination means) determines that a magnetic detection sensor error (another abnormality) has occurred, control related to an error such as an excessive ball entering error. When the main control CPU determines that an error such as a main board error, a radio wave detection sensor error, or a vibration detection sensor error has occurred, the game is controlled. You may comprise so that the control processing regarding may be stopped.
Also, the connection state of the electrical components (for example, various detection sensors shown in the first embodiment, the distribution motor, the game information display, etc.) connected to the main control board (main control CPU) is not normal. The main control CPU (abnormality determination means) determines whether a state (wiring connection state is not normal, disconnection error) has occurred, and the control processing related to the game is triggered by the occurrence of a disconnection error (another abnormality) By stopping the execution, it is possible to prevent the occurrence or expansion of the disadvantage on the part of the player such that the game in error by the player is wasted.
Also, the main control CPU (main control CPU) determines whether a command (control signal) input / output between the main control board (main control CPU) and another control board (other control CPU) is not normal (communication error). A game in which a game in which the player is in an error is wasted by stopping execution of the control process related to the game when a communication error (another abnormality) occurs and a communication error (another abnormality) occurs. It is possible to prevent the occurrence or expansion of disadvantages on the part of the user.
(15) In the first embodiment, when a magnetic detection sensor error occurs, a timekeeping process as a control process relating to a game, a detection determination process, a software random number update process, a game state switching process, a special figure input process, and a special figure start Although the execution of each process of the process, the display control process, and the first to third drive processes is stopped, at least one of these processes may not be stopped.
For example, in the first embodiment, the main control CPU (control process execution means) executes a third drive process for driving and controlling a sorting rotator that performs a constant operation regardless of the gaming state, and magnetic detection The configuration is such that the execution of the third drive process is stopped when a sensor error occurs. However, the execution of the third drive process may not be stopped when a magnetic detection sensor error occurs.
Also, when a magnetic detection sensor error occurs, the command input / output process as a control process related to the game is stopped, the drive control process of the ball paying device (ball paying means) by the payout control CPU is stopped, the payout control It is also possible to stop the display control process of the remaining award ball indicator by the CPU, or to stop the drive control process of the ball launching device (ball launching means) by the launch control CPU.
In addition, by configuring the random number for judgment per special figure and the random number for judgment per universal figure with software random numbers, the random number for judgment per special figure and the random number for judgment per universal figure when the execution of the software random number update process stops. You may make it stop the update of a value.
(16) In the first embodiment, the timing process, the detection determination process, the software random number update process, the game state switching process, the special figure input process, the special figure start process, the display control process, the first to the second control processes relating to the game The 3-drive process is executed in the timer interrupt process that periodically interrupts the main process by the main control CPU, and when a magnetic detection sensor error occurs, the timer interrupt process is prohibited. , Configured to stop the execution of each control process related to the game at the same time, timing process, detection determination process, software random number update process, game state switching process, special figure input process, special figure start process, display control process, At least one of the first to third drive processes is performed in the main process, and the execution of the control process performed in the main process is triggered by the occurrence of a magnetic detection sensor error. It may be made to locked.
(17) In the first to fourth embodiments, when a magnetic detection sensor error occurs, the execution of the timing process is stopped to stop the game time measurement, and the game time at the time of the stop is stored in the main control RAM (storage means). When the power supply is resumed after the power is turned off, the game progress is resumed based on the game time stored in the main control RAM (storage means). When it occurs, the game time for which the measurement has been stopped may not be stored in the main control RAM (storage means) (the progress of the game cannot be resumed after the power is turned off).
(18) In the first to fourth embodiments, when a magnetic detection sensor error occurs, control processing related to error determination includes main board error, magnetic detection sensor error, radio wave detection sensor error, vibration detection sensor error, special electric prize error , It has been configured to stop the execution of the determination whether each error of ordinary power prize error, start prize error, normal prize error (operational ball error, second normal prize error) has occurred, At least one of them may not be stopped.
Further, when performing the above-described disconnection error or communication error determination, it may be configured to stop the execution of the disconnection error or communication error determination when a magnetic detection sensor error occurs, or not to stop May be.
(19) In the first to fourth embodiments, when a magnetic detection sensor error occurs, the execution of the determination as to whether a full error has occurred by the payout control CPU and the determination as to whether a front frame opening error has occurred should not be stopped. Although configured, the determination of at least one of the full error and the front frame opening error may be stopped when a magnetic detection sensor error occurs. The full error and the front frame opening error may be determined in the control process (for example, error determination process) executed by the main control CPU. In this case, the full detection sensor and the front frame opening detection sensor may be electrically connected to the main control board (main control CPU).
(20) In the first to fourth embodiments, the error notification is performed using at least one of the symbol display device, the speaker, and the frame lamp as the notification unit. However, the game board lamp and the movable body are used as the notification unit. Error notification may be executed. Note that the relationship between the type of error and the type of notification means is not limited to the configuration of the first embodiment.
(21) In the first to fourth embodiments, the magnetic detection sensor error notification, the main board error notification, the radio wave detection sensor error notification, and the vibration detection sensor error notification are each continued until the power is turned off. On the other hand, for at least one of error detection among magnetic detection sensor error notification, main board error notification, radio wave detection sensor error notification, and vibration detection sensor error notification, a predetermined notification end condition is satisfied (for example, a predetermined time has elapsed). Or a predetermined operation such as pressing a notification end button is taken to be satisfied), the notification may be ended.
For example, when a magnetic detection sensor error occurs, the execution of the control process related to the game by the main control CPU is stopped until the power is cut off, while the symbol display device, the speaker, and the frame lamp as notification means for the magnetic detection sensor error notification Make it run. When a predetermined time has elapsed (when the notification end condition is satisfied), the initial image set in the pachinko machine is displayed on the symbol display device, the error notification on the symbol display device is terminated, and the speaker Is set to the silent state to end the error notification on the speaker, and the frame lamp is completely turned off to end the error notification on the frame lamp.
(22) In the first to fourth embodiments, when the main control CPU (second abnormality determination means) determines that a magnetic detection sensor error has occurred, the execution of the control processing relating to the game is stopped until the power is turned off. However, when a predetermined game stop end condition is satisfied (for example, the condition is satisfied when a predetermined time elapses or a predetermined operation such as pressing a game stop release button is performed). The execution of the control process related to the above may be resumed. In this case, it is preferable that the error notification is terminated when the execution of the control process is resumed.
(23) In the first to fourth embodiments, the magnetic detection sensor error notification, the main board error notification, the radio wave detection sensor error notification, and the vibration detection sensor error notification are performed as a plurality of symbol display devices, speakers, and Each frame lamp is configured to continue until the power is turned off. On the other hand, while at least one of the magnetic detection sensor error notification, the main board error notification, the radio wave detection sensor error notification, and the vibration detection sensor error notification is continued until the power is turned off. , When notification by other effect means is established when a predetermined notification end condition is satisfied (for example, the condition is satisfied when a predetermined operation such as a predetermined time has elapsed or a notification end button is pressed). May be terminated.
For example, when a magnetic detection sensor error (another abnormality) occurs, while stopping the execution of the control process related to the game by the main control CPU until the power is cut off, the symbol display device as a magnetic detection sensor error notification, Allow the speaker and frame lamp to run. Then, when a predetermined time has elapsed (when the notification end condition is satisfied), the speaker is silenced, the error notification on the speaker is terminated, the frame lamp is completely turned off, and the error notification on the frame lamp is completed. On the other hand, the error notification in the symbol display device is continued until the power is turned off.
(24) In the first embodiment, the closing from the main control CPU to the effect control CPU is performed during a period until a predetermined time elapses after the closing-time winning error notification (special power winning error notification, general power winning error notification) is started. When the hourly winning error designation command is not input, the closing time winning error notification by the symbol display device, the speaker and the frame lamp as notification means is terminated at the time when the predetermined time has passed, while the predetermined time has elapsed from the start of the notification. When a closed prize error designation command is input during the period up to, only the closed prize error notification by the speaker and the frame lamp is terminated, and the closed prize error notification by the symbol display device is not terminated until the power is turned off. I made it. On the other hand, when the closed prize-winning error designation command is input during the period from the start of notification until the predetermined time elapses, only the closed prize-winning error notification by the symbol display device is terminated, and the speaker and the frame lamp At least one of the closing prize winning error notifications may not be terminated until the power is turned off. Further, it may be configured such that the closing prize-winning error notification by the symbol display device, the speaker and the frame lamp as the notification means is always continued until the power is turned off.
(25) In the first embodiment, every time the main control CPU outputs a closing prize error designation command in response to determining that a closing prize error (special prize prize error, general prize prize error) has occurred, the payout The control CPU (external output means) is configured to output the ninth information signal related to security from the output terminal of the external information output terminal board, while the production control CPU is informed of the prize-winning error at the time of closing (special prize prize error notice, general power prize) Error notification) is not started when the first closing prize error designation command is input. In other words, in the first embodiment, when a closing prize error (special prize winning error, general power prize error) occurs, the closing prize is delayed after the timing at which the information signal is output from the output terminal of the external information output terminal board. An error notification is started (or even when an information signal is output from the output terminal of the external information output terminal board, the prize-winning error notification is not started when closed). On the other hand, when a closed prize error (special prize prize error, general prize prize error) occurs, a condition for outputting an information signal from the output terminal of the external information output terminal board and a closed prize error notification are started. The conditions may be the same.
(26) In the first to fourth embodiments, when a magnetic detection sensor error occurs, execution of the display control process for performing display control of the game information display is stopped and the game information display is hidden. However, the display mode of the game information display at the time when the magnetic detection sensor error occurs may be maintained.
(27) In the first embodiment, when a magnetic detection sensor error occurs, execution of the first driving process for driving and controlling the start winning solenoid and execution of the second driving process for driving and controlling the special winning solenoid Is configured so that the start winning solenoid and the special winning solenoid are demagnetized. However, if the detection determination process for determining the detection state by the second starting winning detection sensor or the special winning detection sensor is to be stopped, These solenoids may be maintained in the state (excitation state or demagnetization state) at the time when the magnetic detection sensor error occurs.
(28) In the first to fourth embodiments, when a magnetic detection sensor error occurs, the payout of the winning ball triggered by the entrance to the entrance that occurred before the occurrence of the error is executed even after the occurrence of the error. However, it may be configured to invalidate the payout of unpaid balls that exist at the time of the error occurrence.
(29) In Examples 1 to 4, the external information output terminal board is electrically connected to the payout control CPU, and the payout control CPU sends an information signal to the outside of the machine via the terminal (output terminal) of the external information output terminal board. Although the external information output terminal board is electrically connected to the main control CPU, the main control CPU directs the information signal to the outside of the machine via the terminal (output terminal) of the external information output terminal board. May be configured to output.
(30) In the first to fourth embodiments, when a magnetic detection sensor error occurs, an information signal (game stop information signal) indicating that the execution of the control process related to the game is stopped is output to the outside of the machine. Configured. Here, in the first embodiment, the information signal when the magnetic detection sensor error occurs and the information signal when another error occurs are output from the same output terminal in different manners. May be output as an information signal. Moreover, you may make it output from a different output terminal. For example, when a magnetic detection sensor error occurs, it is configured to output an information signal only during a period until a predetermined time elapses (until about 56 ms elapses), as in the case where other errors occur. Can do. Further, for example, an output terminal different from the output terminals 1 to 9 is provided on the external information output terminal board, and when a magnetic detection sensor error occurs, an information signal (game stop information) is output via the other output terminal. Signal).
(31) In the first to fourth embodiments, when a magnetic detection sensor error occurs, an information signal (game stop information signal) indicating that the execution of the control process related to the game is stopped is turned off (the predetermined output end) It is configured to continuously output to the outside of the machine until the condition is satisfied, but until the elapse of a predetermined time (until the predetermined output end condition is satisfied, for example, the output period of the information signal when another error occurs) The output may be limited to 10000 ms longer than about 56 ms.
(32) In the first embodiment, the magnetic detection sensor is provided in a posture and position capable of detecting magnetism in a range including the vicinity of the exit toward the sorting unit in the stage of the sorting unit. You may provide in the attitude | position and position which can detect a magnetism in the range including entrance holes, such as a mouth, a 2nd start winning opening, and a special winning opening.
(33) In the first embodiment, the first start winning portion (first start winning opening) is configured to be provided in the distribution unit. However, the first start winning portion is provided in the game area separately from the distribution unit. It may be configured such that the game balls flowing down the game area can directly enter the first start winning opening (without entering the sorting unit as a condition). In addition, it is good also as a structure which is not provided with the distribution unit.
(34) In Example 1, in the period after the timing of ending the final round game of the jackpot game as the period in which the special opening / closing member is closed, until the next jackpot game is awarded, The main control CPU is configured to determine that a special power prize error has occurred when a predetermined number of game balls have been won in the special prize opening. However, the game ball to the special prize opening is included in a period that further includes a round interval. The main control CPU may be configured to determine the occurrence of a special power prize error when a predetermined number of prizes are generated a predetermined number of times or more.
In addition, after a predetermined time (for example, 500 ms) elapses from the timing of ending the final round game of the big hit game, the game ball to the special winning opening is given during the period until the next big hit game is awarded. The main control CPU may be configured to determine that a special power prize error has occurred when a winning has occurred a predetermined number of times or more.
In addition, the game ball is awarded to the special prize opening after a predetermined time (for example, 500 ms) has elapsed from the timing of ending each round game of the big hit game until the next round game starts. The main control CPU may be configured to determine that a special prize winning error has occurred when it occurs more than a predetermined number of times.
(35) In the first embodiment, the second period is a period after the timing at which the game per game is completed and until the next game per game is granted, as the period during which the start opening / closing member is closed. The main control CPU is configured to determine that a general power prize error has occurred when a game ball wins at the start winning opening more than a predetermined number of times. , 500 ms), and when the game ball wins at the second start winning opening occurs more than a predetermined number of times during the period until the next game per game is awarded, The main control CPU may determine that it has occurred.
(36) In the first embodiment, when the special control opening / closing member is closed, the main control CPU indicates that the special control prize error has occurred when the game ball is won at the special prize opening more than a predetermined number of times in the period including the round interval. It has been determined that the occurrence of a special electric prize error notification. Furthermore, the special prize winning error is provided by providing an opening restriction mechanism that restricts the special opening / closing member from being displaced from the closed state to the open state when the special prize solenoid is not controlled to be driven (demagnetized state). You may make it reduce the possibility of generating.

17 Symbol display device (notification means)
18 Speaker (notification means)
19 Frame lamp (notification means)
20a Game area 60a Main control CPU (abnormality determination means, area designation means, detection frequency update means, second abnormality determination means, control processing execution means, stop means, occurrence means)
91a Left fixed operation opening (entrance entrance, second entrance entrance, another entrance entrance)
92a Right fixed opening (entrance entrance, another entrance entrance)
96a Distribution fixed operation opening (entrance entrance, first entrance entrance, predetermined entrance entrance)
PA3 Third storage area (storage area)
PA4 4th storage area (storage area)
SE21 Sensor for Fig. 1 (state detection means, second state detection means)
SE242 Second sensor for FIG. 4 (state detection means, first state detection means)

Claims (6)

Game medium detecting means capable of detecting a game medium, state detecting means for detecting a predetermined state, and abnormality determining means for determining whether a predetermined abnormality has occurred based on the number of detections by the state detecting means. In gaming machines,
A plurality of storage areas capable of storing the number of detections by the state detection means;
Area designating means for designating an update area from among the plurality of storage areas;
Triggered by detection by the state detection unit, the detection number update unit updates the number of detections stored in the update region specified by the region specification unit,
The area specifying means changes the update area each time the number of game media detected by the game medium detection means increases by a predetermined number in accordance with a predetermined update order in the plurality of storage areas, After the storage area is designated as the update area, the update area is configured to circulate in the plurality of storage areas by designating the storage area with the head rank as the update area,
The abnormality determination unit is configured to determine whether the predetermined abnormality has occurred based on a total number of the detection times stored in two or more storage areas in which the update order is continuous among the plurality of storage areas. And
A gaming machine comprising an informing means for informing that the predetermined abnormality has occurred.   The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein when the abnormality determining unit determines that the predetermined abnormality has occurred, the storage contents of the plurality of storage areas are initialized.   3. The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the gaming machine is configured to shift to a determination target period in which the number of times of detection can be updated by the number of times of detection update unit when the power of the gaming machine is turned on. The state detection means is configured to detect a game ball that has entered the entrance,
The gaming machine according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising occurrence means for causing a game state advantageous to a player upon detection by the state detection means. Second abnormality determination means for determining whether an abnormality other than the predetermined abnormality has occurred;
Control processing execution means for executing predetermined control processing relating to a game;
When the abnormality determining means determines that the predetermined abnormality has occurred, or when the second abnormality determining means determines that the other abnormality has occurred, the control processing execution means The gaming machine according to claim 1, further comprising a stopping unit that stops execution of the predetermined control process.   A plurality of the notification means are provided, and the notification by any one of the plurality of notification means is terminated according to the elapse of a predetermined time, while the notification by another notification means is continued even after the elapse of the predetermined time. The gaming machine according to any one of claims 1 to 5.

Images